Quarterlytics / Basic Materials / Chemicals / Dow

Dow

dow · ASX Basic Materials
Claim this profile
Ticker dow
Exchange ASX
Sector Basic Materials
Industry Chemicals
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2017 Annual Report · Dow
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Annual 
Report 
 2017  

D

o

w

n

e

r

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

2

0

1

7

Relationships Creating Success

 
 
 
Contents

Directors’ Report

Page 2

Auditor’s signed reports

Page 46 
Page 47 

 Auditor’s Independence Declaration 
 Independent Auditor’s Report 

Financial Statements

Page 53 
Page 54 
Page 55 
Page 56 

 Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income 
 Consolidated Statement of Financial Position 
 Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity 
 Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements 

A

B

C

D

E

F

About this  
report

Business 
performance

Operating assets 
and liabilities

Employee 
benefits 

Capital structure  
and financing

Group 
structure

G

Other 

Page 57-58

Page 59 -67

Page 68-76

Page 77

Page 78-86

Page 87-96

Page 97-107

D1
Employee benefits 

E1
Borrowings

F1
Joint arrangements 
and associate 
entities

G1
New accounting 
standards

D2
Key management 
personnel 
compensation

E2
Financing facilities

F2
Acquisition of 
businesses 

G2
Capital and financial 
risk management

D3
Employee discount 
share plan

E3
Commitments

F3
Disposal of 
subsidiary

G3
Other financial 
assets and liabilities

E4
Issued capital

F4
Controlled entities

E5
Reserves

E6
Dividends

F5
Related party 
information

F6
Parent entity 
disclosures

B1
Segment 
information

C1
Reconciliation 
of cash and 
cash equivalents

B2
Profit from 
ordinary activities

C2
Trade and other 
receivables

B3
Earnings per share

B4
Taxation

B5
Remuneration  
of auditors

B6
Subsequent events

C3
Rendering of 
services and 
construction 
contracts

C4
Inventories

C5
Trade and other 
payables

C6
Property, plant  
and equipment

C7
Intangible assets

C8
Provisions

C9
Contingent 
liabilities

Page 108  Directors’ Declaration 

Other information

Page 109  Sustainability Performance Summary 2017
Page 111 
Page 119 

Corporate Governance
Information for Investors

Annual Report 2017  1

Directors’ Report
for the year ended 30 June 2017

The Directors of Downer EDI Limited submit the Annual Financial 
Report of the Company for the financial year ended 30 June 2017. 
In compliance with the provisions of the Corporations Act 2001 
(Cth), the Directors’ Report is set out below.

Board of Directors

R M HARDING (68)
Chairman since November 2010, Independent 
Non‑executive Director since July 2008
Mr Harding has held management positions around the world 
with British Petroleum (BP), including President and General 
Manager of BP Exploration Australia. 

Mr Harding is currently the Chairman of Lynas Limited and a 
Director of Cleanaway Waste Management Limited, a former 
Chairman of Roc Oil Company Limited and Clough Limited and 
a former Director of Santos Limited.

Mr Harding holds a Masters in Science, majoring in 
Mechanical Engineering.

Mr Harding lives in Sydney.

G A FENN (52)
Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer since 
July 2010
Mr Fenn has over 20 years’ experience in operational and 
financial management as well as strategic development. 
He joined Downer in October 2009 as Chief Financial Officer 
and was appointed Chief Executive Officer in July 2010.

Prior to joining Downer, Mr Fenn had a 14 year career at Qantas 
Airways Limited during which he held a number of senior roles 
and was a Member of the Executive Committee for 10 years. 
These roles included Executive General Manager of Strategy 
and Investments and Executive General Manager – Associated 
Businesses, responsible for the Airports, Freight, Flight Catering 
and Qantas Holidays businesses.

Mr Fenn is currently a Director of Sydney Airport Limited and 
he was previously Chairman of Star Track Express and a Director 
of Australian Air Express.

Mr Fenn holds a Bachelor of Economics from Macquarie 
University and is a member of the Australian Institute of 
Chartered Accountants. He worked at KPMG for eight years 
before he joined Qantas.

S A CHAPLAIN (59)
Independent Non‑executive Director since July 2008
Ms Chaplain is a former investment banker with extensive 
experience in public and private sector debt financing. She also 
has considerable experience as a Director of local and state 
government-owned corporations involved in road, water and 
port infrastructure.

Ms Chaplain is Chairman of Queensland Airports Limited and 
a Director of Seven Group Holdings Limited. Ms Chaplain is 
also Chairman of Canstar Pty Ltd, a financial services research 
and ratings company and a Director of The Australian Ballet. 
Her former Board roles include being a member of the Board of 
Taxation and a Director of PanAust Limited and EFIC, Australia’s 
export credit agency.

A Fellow of the Australian Institute of Company Directors, 
Ms Chaplain holds a Bachelor of Arts degree majoring in 
Economics and Mandarin in addition to a Masters of Business 
Administration (MBA) from the University of Melbourne. 
She holds an honorary doctorate from Griffith University 
for her service to banking and finance, and to the Gold 
Coast community.

Ms Chaplain lives on the Gold Coast.

P S GARLING (63)
Independent Non‑executive Director since November 2011
Mr Garling has over 35 years’ experience in the infrastructure, 
construction, development and investment sectors. He was 
the Global Head of Infrastructure at AMP Capital Investors, a 
role he held for nine years. Prior to this, Mr Garling was CEO 
of Tenix Infrastructure and a long-term senior executive at the 
Lend Lease Group, including five years as CEO of Lend Lease 
Capital Services.

Mr Garling is currently the Chairman of Tellus Holdings Limited 
and Energy Queensland Limited and a Director of Charter 
Hall Limited, Spotless Group Holdings Limited and the NSW 
electricity distributor, Essential Energy. Mr Garling is also the 
President of Water Polo Australia Limited. 

Mr Garling holds a Bachelor of Building from the University of 
New South Wales and the Advanced Diploma from the Australian 
Institute of Company Directors. He is a Fellow of the Australian 
Institute of Building, Australian Institute of Company Directors 
and Institution of Engineers Australia.

Mr Fenn lives in Sydney.

Mr Garling lives in Sydney.

2  Downer EDI Limited

T G HANDICOTT (54)
Independent Non‑executive Director since September 2016
Ms Handicott is a former corporate lawyer with over 30 years’ 
experience in mergers and acquisitions, capital markets and 
corporate governance. She was a partner of national law firm 
Corrs Chambers Westgarth for 22 years, serving as a member 
of its National Board for seven years including four years 
as National Chairman. She also has extensive experience in 
governance of local and state government organisations.

Ms Handicott is a Director of PWR Holdings Limited, LGE 
Holding Company Pty Ltd trading as Peak Services, a subsidiary 
of the Local Government Association of Queensland that is 
responsible for its commercial operations and Bangarra Dance 
Theatre. Ms Handicott is also a Divisional Councillor of the 
Queensland Division of the Australian Institute of Company 
Directors and a member of the Queensland University of 
Technology (QUT) Council and Sunshine Coast Council 
Economic Futures Advisory Board.

Ms Handicott is a former Director of CS Energy Limited, former 
member of the Takeovers Panel and Corporations and Markets 
Advisory Committee and a former Associate Member of the 
Australian Competition and Consumer Commission.

A Senior Fellow of Finsia and Member of the Australian Institute 
of Company Directors and Chief Executive Women, Ms Handicott 
holds a Bachelor of Laws (Hons) degree from the Queensland 
University of Technology.

Ms Handicott lives in Brisbane.

E A HOWELL (71)
Independent Non‑executive Director since January 2012
Ms Howell has over 40 years’ experience in the oil and gas 
industry in a number of technical and managerial roles. She was 
most recently Executive Vice President for Health, Safety & 
Security at Woodside Energy Limited and served as Executive 
Vice President of North West Shelf at Woodside. Before joining 
Woodside she was Managing Director of Apache Energy Ltd.

Ms Howell is currently a Director of MMA Offshore Limited 
and Buru Energy Limited. She is a Senior Advisor of 
African Geopolitics.

She has previously served on a number of Boards, including 
EMR Resources Pty Ltd where she held the position of 
Chairman, Tangiers Petroleum Limited where she held the 
position of Executive Chair, the Fremantle Port Authority, the 
Australian Petroleum Production & Exploration Association 
where she chaired the Environmental Affairs Committee and 
as a Board member and President of the Australian Mines and 
Metals Association.

Ms Howell holds a Bachelor of Science (with Honours in Geology 
and Mathematics) from the University of London, an MBA from 
Edinburgh Business School and is a Graduate of the Australian 
Institute of Company Directors.

Ms Howell lives in Perth.

C G THORNE (67)
Independent Non‑executive Director since July 2010
Dr Thorne has over 36 years’ experience in the mining and 
extraction industry, specifically in senior operational and 
executive roles with Rio Tinto. His experience spanned a range 
of product groups and functional activities in Australia and 
overseas. After serving in London as Group Mining Executive 
from 1996 to 1998, Dr Thorne moved to Indonesia as President 
Director of Kaltim Prima Coal and then returned to Australia 
to manage Rio Tinto’s Australian coal business as Managing 
Director of Rio Tinto Coal Australia and the publicly listed Coal 
and Allied Industries. He was President of the Queensland 
Resources Council in 2001-2003.

In 2006, Dr Thorne was appointed global head of Rio Tinto’s 
technology, innovation and project engineering functions, 
reporting to the Chief Executive. He was a member of Rio Tinto’s 
Executive Committee and Investment Committee. He retired 
from Rio Tinto in 2011.

Dr Thorne is a Director of Spotless Group Holdings Limited and 
a former Director of Wesley Research Institute, JK Tech and 
Queensland Energy Resources Limited. He is a Fellow of the 
Australasian Institute of Mining and Metallurgy. 

Dr Thorne also holds directorships with a number of 
private companies.

He holds Bachelor and Doctoral degrees in Metallurgy from the 
University of Queensland and is a Graduate of the Australian 
Institute of Company Directors.

Dr Thorne lives on the Sunshine Coast.

Annual Report 2017  3

Directors’ shareholdings

The following table sets out each Director’s relevant interest (direct and indirect) in shares, debentures, and rights or options in shares 
or debentures (if any) of the Company at the date of this report. No Director has any relevant interest in shares, debentures and rights 
or options in shares or debentures, of a related body corporate as at the date of this report.

Director

R M Harding
G A Fenn*
S A Chaplain
P S Garling
T G Handicott
E A Howell
C G Thorne

Number of Fully Paid 
Ordinary Shares

Number of Fully Paid 
Performance Rights

Number of Fully Paid 
Performance Options

14,210
826,226
103,799
16,940
14,000
14,000
82,922

–
1,757,163
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–

* 

Performance rights granted to Mr Fenn are subject to performance and/or service period conditions over the period 2014 to 2019. Further details regarding the conditions 
relating to these restricted shares and performance rights are outlined in sections 6.4 and 9.2 of the Remuneration Report.

Company Secretary

Review of operations

The Company Secretarial function is responsible for ensuring 
that the Company complies with its statutory duties and 
maintains proper documentation, registers and records. It also 
provides advice to Directors and officers about corporate 
governance and gives practical effect to any decisions 
made by the Board.

Mr Peter Tompkins was appointed Company Secretary on 
27 July 2011. He has qualifications in law and commerce 
from Deakin University and corporate governance from the 
Governance Institute of Australia and is an admitted solicitor in 
New South Wales. Mr Tompkins joined Downer in 2008 and was 
appointed General Counsel in 2010.

Mr Peter Lyons was appointed joint Company Secretary on 
27 July 2011. A member of CPA Australia and the Governance 
Institute of Australia, he has qualifications in commerce from the 
University of Western Sydney and corporate governance from 
the Governance Institute of Australia. Mr Lyons was previously 
Deputy Company Secretary and has been in financial and 
secretarial roles at Downer for over 15 years.

Principal Activities
Downer EDI Limited (Downer) is a leading provider of services 
to customers in markets including: Transport; Utilities; Rail; 
Engineering, Construction and Maintenance (EC&M); and Mining. 
Downer employs about 20,000 people, mostly in Australia and 
New Zealand but also in the Asia-Pacific region, South America 
and Southern Africa.

On 21 March 2017, Downer announced an offer, through its wholly 
owned subsidiary Downer EDI Services Pty Ltd, to acquire all 
of the issued share capital of Spotless Group Holdings Limited 
(Spotless) which it did not already own. Spotless employs over 
30,000 people in Australia and New Zealand and provides 
outsourced facility services, catering and laundry services, 
technical and engineering services and refrigeration solutions to 
its customers in various industries.

The acquisition of Spotless delivers on Downer’s strategic 
objectives because it:
 – continues Downer’s transformation towards a more 
services-focused business with resilient earnings;

 – enhances the Group’s contract portfolio, with long-term 
contracts that provide high certainty over revenues;

 – contributes a complementary, high quality 

customer base; and

 – creates an integrated services provider with a comprehensive 

range of capabilities.

Divisional Activities
Downer reports its financial results under five service lines: 
Transport; Utilities; Rail; EC&M; and Mining. 

The Utilities service line includes both the Utilities and 
Technology & Communications businesses.

4  Downer EDI Limited

Directors’ Report – continuedfor the year ended 30 June 2017On 27 June 2017, the Group’s ownership interest in Spotless 
Group Holdings Limited (Spotless) exceeded 50%, requiring 
the consolidation of Spotless’ financial statements from that 
time. The Directors have concluded that the profit or loss 
and cash flow impact attributable to Spotless for the three 
days to 30 June 2017 is not material to the Downer Group. 
Consequently, no revenue or earnings before interest and tax 
(EBIT) contribution from Spotless is included in the service lines 
outlined below. 

A review of the operations and the performance of the five 
service lines is as follows:

Transport 
Transport comprises Downer’s road, rail infrastructure, bridge, 
airport and port businesses. It features a broad range of 
transport infrastructure services including earthworks, civil 
construction, asset management, maintenance, surfacing and 
stabilisation, supply of bituminous products and logistics, open 
space and facilities management and rail track signalling and 
electrification works.

Total revenue1 (FY17)

EBIT (FY17)

27.5%

33.3%

In September 2016, Downer acquired RPQ Group (RPQ). 
The principal activities of RPQ include the supply of asphalt, 
bitumen spray sealing, road milling and profiling, road 
maintenance, foam bitumen stabilisation, mobile asphalt 
production, mobile crushing and equipment hire.

Downer’s Road Services customers include all of Australia’s 
State road authorities, the New Zealand Transport Agency and 
the majority of local government councils and authorities in 
both countries.

Other transport infrastructure
Downer provides a range of transport infrastructure services 
to its customers including earthworks, civil and rail track 
construction, design, construction and commissioning of facilities 
and signalling and electrification works.

Downer also provides integrated services to its airport and 
port customers including pavement construction, facilities 
maintenance, communications technologies, open space and 
asset management and turnkey electrical and communication 
systems. It also provides whole-of-life asset solutions for 
associated infrastructure such as roads, rail lines and car parks.

Utilities 
The Utilities service line provides complete lifecycle solutions 
to customers in the power, gas, water, renewable energy and 
communications sectors. 

Total revenue1 (FY17)

EBIT (FY17)

Transport

19.4%

22.4%

1 

Total revenue is a non-statutory disclosure and includes revenue, other income 
and notional revenue from joint ventures and other alliances not proportionately 
consolidated. Due to rounding, divisional percentages may not add up precisely 
to 100%. 

Road Services
Downer offers one of the largest non-government owned road 
infrastructure services businesses in Australia and New Zealand, 
maintaining more than 33,000 kilometres of roads in Australia 
and more than 25,000 kilometres in New Zealand. 

Downer delivers a wide range of tailored pavement treatments 
and traffic control services and also provides high-level 
capabilities in strategic and tactical asset management, network 
planning and intelligent transport systems. The Company 
continues to invest in state-of-the-art technology to drive 
innovation and performance, including asphalt plants that use 
more recycled products and substantially less energy. 

Downer is also a leading manufacturer and supplier of bitumen 
based products and a provider of soil and pavement stabilisation, 
pressure injection stabilisation, pavement recycling, pavement 
profiling, spray sealing and asset management.

Utilities 

1 

Total revenue is a non-statutory disclosure and includes revenue, other income 
and notional revenue from joint ventures and other alliances not proportionately 
consolidated. Due to rounding, divisional percentages may not add up precisely 
to 100%. 

Power and Gas
Downer offers customers a wide range of services including 
planning, designing, constructing, operating, maintaining, 
managing and decommissioning power and gas network assets. 

Downer designs and constructs steel lattice transmission towers, 
designs and builds substations and connects tens of thousands 
of new power and gas customers each year. It also maintains over 
110,000 kilometres of electricity and gas networks across more 
than 185,000 square kilometres.

Customers include United Energy, AusNet Services, Ausgrid, 
Ergon Energy, Powerco, Wellington Electricity and Powerlink.

Annual Report 2017  5

Water
Downer provides complete water lifecycle solutions for municipal 
and industrial water users, with expertise including waste and 
waste water treatment, pumping and water transfer, desalination 
and water re-use, and abstraction and dewatering. 

Rail
Downer provides total rail asset solutions including freight and 
passenger build, operations and maintenance, component 
overhauls and after-market services.

Total revenue1 (FY17)

EBIT (FY17)

Downer supports its customers across the full asset lifecycle 
from the conceptual development of a project through design, 
construction, commissioning and optimisation, providing 
complete water lifecycle solutions for municipal and industrial 
water users including pipe bursting and civil maintenance. 
Downer also operates and maintains treatment, storage, pump 
station and network assets.

In March 2017, Downer acquired ITS PipeTech Pty Ltd (ITS). 
The principal activities of ITS include pipe bursting and 
civil maintenance.

Customers include Logan City Council, Mackay Regional 
Council, Melbourne Water, Queensland Urban Utilities, 
Tauranga City Council, Yarra Valley Water, Wagga Wagga City 
Council and Watercare.

Renewable energy
Downer is one of Australia’s largest and most experienced 
providers in the renewable energy market, offering design, build 
and maintenance services for wind farms, wind turbine sites 
and solar farms.

Downer offers the services required for the entire asset 
lifecycle including procurement, assembly, construction 
and commissioning.

Downer is currently working on the Clare and Ross River Solar 
Farms in Queensland, while having completed the Ararat Wind 
Farm Project (Victoria), and the Sunshine Coast Solar Farm 
(Queensland) during the year.

Communications
Downer provides an end-to-end service offering comprising 
feasibility, design, civil construction, network construction, 
commissioning, testing, operations and maintenance across fibre, 
copper and radio networks in Australia and New Zealand.

Customers include nbn™, Telstra, Chorus, Spark and Vodafone.

10.9%

8.1%

Rail

1 

Total revenue is a non-statutory disclosure and includes revenue, other income 
and notional revenue from joint ventures and other alliances not proportionately 
consolidated. Due to rounding, divisional percentages may not add up precisely 
to 100%. 

Downer provides services to a range of public and private 
sector rail customers with capabilities spanning the provision, 
maintenance and overhaul of passenger and freight rolling stock, 
as well as importing and commissioning completed locomotive 
units for use in the resources sector.

Downer operates two fleet control centres, focused on 
monitoring and management of passenger and freight fleets on 
behalf of its customers; and four manufacturing plants.

Downer has formed strategic joint ventures and relationships 
with leading technology and knowledge providers to support its 
growth objectives in the passenger and freight market. These 
include Keolis, Electro-Motive Diesel (owned by Caterpillar), and 
CRRC Changchun Railway Vehicles (CRRC).

The Keolis Downer joint venture is Australia’s largest private 
provider of multi-modal public transport solutions, with contracts 
to operate and maintain Yarra Trams in Melbourne, the Gold 
Coast light rail system in Queensland and a new integrated 
public transport system for the city of Newcastle. Keolis Downer 
also owns Australian Transit Enterprises (ATE), one of Australia’s 
largest route, school and charter bus businesses. ATE operates 
a fleet of over 900 buses in South Australia, Western Australia 
and Queensland.

Customers include Sydney Trains, Transport for NSW, 
Queensland Rail, Public Transport Authority (WA), Metro Trains 
Melbourne, Public Transport Victoria, Pacific National, Aurizon, 
BHP Billiton, Genesee & Wyoming and SCT Logistics.

Downer is currently working on the Sydney Growth Trains (SGT) 
project in New South Wales and the High Capacity Metro Trains 
(HCMT) project in Victoria.

6  Downer EDI Limited

Directors’ Report – continuedfor the year ended 30 June 2017Engineering, Construction and Maintenance (EC&M)
Downer works with customers in the public and private sectors 
delivering services including design, engineering, construction, 
maintenance and ongoing management of critical assets.

Mining
Downer is one of Australia’s leading diversified mining contractors 
serving its customers across more than 50 sites in Australia, 
Papua New Guinea, South America and Southern Africa.

Total revenue1 (FY17)

EBIT (FY17)

Total revenue1 (FY17)

EBIT (FY17)

25.6%

14.0%

16.6%

22.3%

EC&M

Mining

1 

Total revenue is a non-statutory disclosure and includes revenue, other income 
and notional revenue from joint ventures and other alliances not proportionately 
consolidated. Due to rounding, divisional percentages may not add up precisely 
to 100%. 

1 

Total revenue is a non-statutory disclosure and includes revenue, other income 
and notional revenue from joint ventures and other alliances not proportionately 
consolidated. Due to rounding, divisional percentages may not add up precisely 
to 100%. 

Downer’s Mining division generates its revenues primarily 
from open cut mining and blasting services, with contributions 
also from tyre management and underground mining. 
Downer supports its customers at all stages of the mining 
lifecycle including:
 – asset management;
 – blasting services, explosives manufacture and supply;
 – civil projects (mine site infrastructure);
 – crushing;
 – exploration drilling;
 – mine closure and mine site rehabilitation;
 – mobile plant maintenance;
 – open cut mining;
 – training and development for ATSI employees;
 – tyre management (through the subsidiary Otraco 

International); and
 – underground mining.

Customers include BHP Mitsubishi Alliance, Glencore, Idemitsu 
Australia Resources, Karara Mining, Milmerran Power Partners, 
Newmarket Gold, Newmont, Rio Tinto, Roy Hill Iron Ore, Stanwell 
Corporation and Yancoal Australia.

Multi-disciplined teams project manage and self-execute a 
wide range of services for greenfield and brownfield projects 
across a range of industry sectors including: oil and gas; power 
generation; commercial / non-residential; iron ore; coal; and 
industrial materials. These services are delivered on complex 
mining and industrial sites as well as commercial operations with 
critical infrastructure requirements such as data centres, airport 
facilities and hospitals.

Downer supports customers across all stages of the project 
lifecycles with services including:
 – feasibility studies;
 – engineering design;
 – civil works;
 – structural, mechanical and piping;
 – electrical and instrumentation;
 – mineral process equipment design and manufacture;
 – commissioning;
 – operations maintenance;
 – shutdowns, turnarounds and outages;
 – strategic asset management; and
 – decommissioning.

In March 2017, Downer acquired the businesses of Hawkins. 
The principal activities of Hawkins include construction, 
infrastructure development and project management 
throughout New Zealand.

Customers in Australia include Alcoa, Bechtel, BHP Billiton, 
Chevron, Landcorp, Newcrest, Orica, Origin Energy, POSCO, 
Powerlink Queensland, Rio Tinto, Santos, Transgrid, Wesfarmers 
and Woodside Energy.

Key customers in New Zealand include Christchurch and 
Auckland City Councils, Auckland University, Auckland and 
Wellington Airports and the Ministry of Education.

Annual Report 2017  7

Spotless
Spotless operates in Australia and New Zealand and provides 
outsourced facility services, catering and laundry services, 
technical and engineering services, maintenance and asset 
management services and refrigeration solutions to various 
industries. Its customers include corporations and government 
departments, agencies and authorities at the Federal, State and 
Municipal level.

The financial results of Spotless will be reported as a separate 
service line from 1 July 2017.

Group Financial Performance
For the 12 months ended 30 June 2017, Downer reported 
increases in total revenue, earnings before interest and tax 
(EBIT) and net profit after tax (NPAT). 

As stated above, the Directors have concluded that the profit 
or loss and cash flow impact attributable to Spotless for the 
three days to 30 June 2017 is not material to the Downer Group, 
and have commenced the consolidation of Spotless with effect 
from 30 June 2017. 

The consolidated profit or loss and consolidated cash flow of 
the Group for the year ended 30 June 2017 does not include any 
trading performance for Spotless. 

Revenue and other income
Total revenue for the Group increased by $0.4 billion, or 5.7%, 
to $7.8 billion.

Transport revenue increased 16.4% to $2.2 billion. This was 
due to continuing strong performance on existing contracts, 
improved contribution from Infrastructure Projects, including 
Newcastle Light Rail, and the acquisition of RPQ. 

Utilities revenue increased 19.1% to $1.5 billion, due to new 
contracts in the renewable energy, power and gas, and water 
sectors in Australia and New Zealand and strong contributions 
from nbn™ contracts in Australia and the Chorus contract 
in New Zealand.

Rail revenue increased 2.9% to $850.2 million driven by 
the Sydney Growth Trains (SGT) and High Capacity Metro 
Trains (HCMT) projects and the sale of locomotives. 
These improvements were offset by the completion of freight 
build manufacturing contracts.

EC&M revenue increased 6.2% to $2.0 billion due to increased 
activities on the Wheatstone project and contribution from the 
Hawkins acquisition, offset by significant projects completed in 
the prior year not being fully replaced.

Mining revenue decreased 18.5% to $1.3 billion mainly as a 
result of the completion of the Christmas Creek contract in 
September 2016.

Unallocated includes intersegment sales elimination and $19.8 
million other income and fair value gain on revaluation of the 
initial 19.99% interest equivalent in Spotless.

Expenses
Total expenses increased by 6.7% which is in line with the 
5.7% increase in total revenue. 

Employee benefits expenses increased by 1.0% to $2.8 billion 
and represent 39.6% of Downer’s cost base. This increase is 
mainly due to higher activity across the Group and a more labour 
intensive contract base compared to the prior period. In addition, 
the Group Risk Management and business development 
functions have increased commensurate with the additional 
bidding and projects activities.

Subcontractor costs increased by 19.6% to $1.7 billion and 
represent 24.8% of Downer’s cost base. The increase is as a 
result of higher activities and the change in the subcontractor 
mix on some contracts. The continued use of subcontracting 
accords with the Group’s strategy to retain cost base variability.

Raw materials and consumables expense increased 15.5% 
to $1.4 billion and represents 19.3% of Downer’s cost base. 
The increase is the net impact of raw material requirements for 
new projects (particularly in Utilities, Transport and Rail) offset 
by lower requirements in Mining. 

Plant and equipment costs decreased 13.3% to $502.8 million 
and represents 7.2% of Downer’s cost base. The reduction 
largely reflects the continued reduction in operating leased 
assets coupled with increased utilisation of owned assets, more 
efficient maintenance practices and scope reduction on some 
Mining contracts.

Depreciation and amortisation decreased by 14.9% to 
$220.2 million and represents 3.1% of Downer’s cost base. 
This decrease is predominantly due to reduced activities in 
the Mining business. 

Other expenses, communication, travel, occupancy and 
professional fees have increased by 16.7% to $424.0 million 
and represent 6.0% of Downer’s cost base. Other expenses 
include $15.2 million of transaction costs relating to Spotless and 
$13.0 million of bid costs written-off.

8  Downer EDI Limited

Directors’ Report – continuedfor the year ended 30 June 2017Earnings
EBIT for the Group increased 0.3% to $277.8 million, with increased earnings in Transport and Rail offset by the impact of contract 
completions not fully replaced in Mining and EC&M. Statutory Net Profit After Tax (NPAT) for the Group increased 0.5% to 
$181.5 million. This included a pre-tax $19.8 million fair value gain on revaluation of the initial 19.99% investment in Spotless and other 
income, offset by $15.2 million of Spotless transaction costs. Excluding the impact of the Spotless transaction, NPAT was $181.4 million 
with no operating earnings from Spotless included in this result as it is considered not material to the Downer Group.

Details of the impact of the Spotless transaction on the Group’s EBIT and NPAT are set out below and also disclosed in Note B2(b) 
in this Annual Report:

2017 
$’m

Underlying results 
Spotless transaction costs 
Gains and other income related to Spotless 

Statutory results 

Earnings before 
interest and tax

Net finance 
(cost) / 
income

Income tax 
expense

Profit after 
income tax

273.2
(15.2)
19.8 
4.6 
277.8 

(28.5) 

–
 1.7 
 1.7 
(26.8) 

(63.3) 

–
(6.2)
(6.2)
(69.5)

181.4
(15.2)
15.3 
0.1 
181.5 

Transport EBIT increased 20.2% to $124.6 million due to strong performances in Road Services, including the successful integration of 
RPQ, and in Infrastructure Projects.

Utilities EBIT increased 17.8% to $84.1 million driven by continued strong performance in Australia from renewable energy projects and 
nbn™, and improved performance in New Zealand.

Rail EBIT increased $15.9 million to $30.3 million reflecting improved profitability across contracts, benefits from cost saving initiatives 
following a restructure in the prior period, and improved performance by joint venture operations. 

EC&M EBIT increased 8.5% to $52.3 million with continued strong performance on the Wheatstone project, improved results from the 
resources related consultancies (QCC Resources and Mineral Technologies), and contributions from the Hawkins acquisition and new 
contracts in New Zealand. 

Mining EBIT decreased 35.8% to $83.4 million predominantly due to the completion of the Christmas Creek contract.

Corporate costs increased by $5.7 million, or 7.3%, to $83.5 million, due to consultancy costs and investment in the 
IT Transformation program.

Net finance costs decreased by $6.2 million, or 18.8%, to $26.8 million due to a lower average net debt balance during the year following 
amortisation of facilities in the normal course, higher monthly cash balances and higher yields on term deposits.

The effective tax rate of 27.7% is lower than the statutory rate of 30.0% due to non-assessable R&D incentives, non-taxable distributions 
from joint ventures and lower overseas tax rates.

Annual Report 2017  9

Divisional Financial Performance
Transport 

($m)

2,400

1,800

1,200

600

0

FY13

FY14

FY15

FY16

FY17

Revenue

EBIT margin

 – Total revenue of $2.2 billion, up 16.4%;
 – EBIT of $124.6 million, up 20.2%;
 – EBIT margin of 5.8%, up 0.2 ppts;
 – ROFE of 22.2%, up from 19.3%; and
 – Work-in-hand of $6.3 billion.

Utilities 

($m)

1,600

1,200

800

400

0

FY13

FY14

FY15

FY16

FY17

Revenue

EBIT margin

 – Total revenue of $1.5 billion, up 19.1%;
 – EBIT of $84.1 million, up 17.8%;
 – EBIT margin of 5.5%, down 0.1 ppts;
 – ROFE of 22.7%, up from 18.6%; and
 – Work-in-hand of $3.6 billion.

(%)

6.0

5.0

4.0

3.0

2.0

1.0

0.0

(%)

6.0

5.0

4.0

3.0

2.0

1.0

0.0

10  Downer EDI Limited

(%)

5.0

4.0

3.0

2.0

1.0

0.0

(%)

6.0

5.0

4.0

3.0

2.0

1.0

0.0

(%)

10.0

8.0

6.0

4.0

2.0

0.0

Rail

($m)

1,600

1,200

800

400

0

FY13

FY14

FY15

FY16

FY17

Revenue

EBIT margin

 – Total revenue of $850.2 million, up 2.9%;
 – EBIT of $30.3 million, up 110.4%;
 – EBIT margin of 3.6%, up from 1.7%;
 – ROFE of 7.3%, up from 3.4%; and
 – Work-in-hand of $8.0 billion.

Engineering, Construction and Maintenance (EC&M)

($m)

3,000

2,000

1,000

0

FY13

FY14

FY15

FY16

FY17

Revenue

EBIT margin

 – Total revenue of $2.0 billion, up 6.2%;
 – EBIT of $52.3 million, up 8.5%;
 – EBIT margin of 2.6%, unchanged;
 – ROFE of 22.9%, unchanged; and
 – Work-in-hand of $2.6 billion.

Mining

($m)

3,000

2,000

1,000

0

FY13

FY14

FY15

FY16

FY17

Revenue

EBIT margin

 – Total revenue of $1.3 billion, down 18.5%;
 – EBIT of $83.4 million, down 35.8%;
 – EBIT margin of 6.4%, down 1.7 ppts
 – ROFE of 13.2%, down from 19.0%; and
 – Work-in-hand of $2.0 billion.

Directors’ Report – continuedfor the year ended 30 June 2017Group Financial Position
Funding, liquidity and capital are managed at Group level, 
with Divisions focused on working capital and operating cash 
flow management. 

As previously mentioned, the Group obtained control of Spotless 
from 27 June 2017 and the Directors have concluded that 
Spotless’ profit or loss and cash flow impact for the three days to 
30 June 2017 is not material to the Downer Group. Consequently, 
the following commentary on operating and investing cash flow 
does not include any contribution from Spotless, while debt and 
bonding and the financial position commentary below is inclusive 
of Spotless’ balance sheet contribution, given that the Spotless 
balance sheet has been consolidated into the Downer Group.

Operating Cash Flow
Operating cash flow was strong at $441.6 million, though 
down 1.4% from last year due to completion of contracts, and 
higher taxes paid. Operating cash flow / EBITDA conversion 
remained strong at 103.1%, showing a high correlation between 
earnings and cash.

Investing Cash
Total investing cash flow was $995.8 million, up $790.3 million. 
The increase was driven by the acquisitions of Spotless, Hawkins, 
RPQ, ITS and AGIS in the current year for a combined total net 
cash consideration of $779.3 million.

Excluding acquisitions, investing cash flow would have been 
$216.5 million, $12.1 million higher than prior year, primarily due to 
capital expenditure in Mining and the acquisition of an asphalt 
plant in Western Australia. 

Debt And Bonding
The Group’s performance bonding facilities totalled 
$1,923.8 million at 30 June 2017. With $738.3 million 
undrawn, there is sufficient capacity to support the ongoing 
operations of the Group.

As at 30 June 2017, Downer had liquidity of $2,034.6 million 
comprising cash balances of $844.6 million and undrawn 
committed debt facilities of $1,190.0 million.

The Group continues to be rated BBB (Stable) by Fitch Ratings.

Balance Sheet
The net assets of Downer increased by 71.7% to $3.6 billion as a 
result of the consolidation of Spotless’ balance sheet, following 
the Group obtaining control of Spotless on 27 June 2017. 
Consequently, the following commentary is inclusive of Spotless’ 
acquired assets and liabilities. 

Cash and cash equivalents increased by $275.2 million, or 48.3%, 
to $844.6 million. The increase reflects strong cash contributions 
from operations, $66.0 million of Spotless cash at 30 June 2017, 
and $279.2 million of unutilised funds from the capital raising of 
$989.9 million to fund the Spotless takeover.

Net debt increased from $87.4 million at 30 June 2016 to 
$620.2 million at 30 June 2017 primarily due to $787.5 million 
net debt from Spotless. The strong cash and increased net 
debt position resulted in 14.7% gearing (net debt to net debt 
plus equity) at 30 June 2017, up from 4.0% in the prior year. 
The present value of operating lease commitments for plant and 
equipment also increased from $128.5 million at June 2016 to 
$151.5 million, representing an off balance sheet gearing of 17.7%, 
up from 9.4% in the prior year.

Trade and other receivables increased $689.7 million, of which 
$486.1 million was attributable to the Spotless acquisition. 
Excluding Spotless, trade debtor days (excluding WIP) for the 
Group increased by 3.7 days, from 23.6 to 27.3 days. Trade debtor 
days (including WIP) for the Group increased by 5.7 days, from 
57.7 days at June 2016 to 63.4 days.

Inventories were $301.7 million at June 2017, including 
$32.0 million attributable to Spotless. The decrease of 
$25.5 million reflects a reduction in components and spare 
parts as a result of project completions, tight inventory 
management, and the sale of locomotives. 

Current tax assets decreased by $0.8 million to $45.5 million due 
to the timing of cash tax payments.

Interest in joint ventures and associates increased by 
$6.4 million, as $17.9 million of distributions received were 
offset by Downer’s share of net profits from joint ventures and 
associates of $22.5 million with an additional $1.8 million from the 
Spotless acquisition. 

The net value of Property Plant and Equipment increased 
by $306.9 million, principally due to $281.2 million following 
the consolidation of Spotless, and $26.2 million from other 
acquisitions, with capex spend in the year exceeding 
depreciation in response to the change in market conditions.

Annual Report 2017  11

Dividends
The Downer Board resolved to pay a fully franked final  
dividend of 12.0 cents per share (12.0 cents per share in the  
prior corresponding period), payable on 10 October 2017 to 
shareholders on the register at 12 September 2017. 

The Board also determined to continue to pay a fully imputed 
dividend on the ROADS security, which having been reset on 
15 June 2017 has a yield of 6.05% per annum payable quarterly 
in arrears, with the next payment due on 15 September 2017. 
As this dividend is fully imputed (the New Zealand equivalent of 
being fully franked), the actual cash yield paid by Downer will be 
4.36% per annum for the next 12 months.

Zero Harm
Downer’s Lost Time Injury Frequency Rate (LTIFR) reduced 
from 0.66 to 0.55 while Total Recordable Injury Frequency Rate 
(TRIFR) increased from 3.32 to 3.50 per million hours worked. 

Downer Group Safety Performance 
(12-month rolling frequency rates)

R
F
T
L

I

0.8

0.7

0.6

0.5

0.4

0.3

0.2

0.1

0.0

0.66 

3.32 

6
1
-
n
u
J

6
1
-
p
e
S

6
1
-
c
e
D

7
1
-
r
a
M

LTIFR

TRIFR

0.55

I

R
F
R
T

4.2

4.0

3.8

3.6

3.50 

3.4

3.2

3.0

7
1
-
n
u
J

Intangible assets increased by $1.9 billion due to goodwill and 
other acquired intangible assets following the acquisitions of 
Spotless, Hawkins, RPQ, ITS and AGIS, as well as the Group’s 
investment in IT systems. 

Deferred tax assets increased by $59.4 million and relates to 
Spotless tax losses and temporary differences for employee and 
other provisions.

Trade and other payables increased by $768.0 million, including 
a $393.2 million increase from the consolidation of Spotless. 
This increase is primarily as a result of higher business activities 
and includes $110.8 million in relation to Spotless share 
acceptances unpaid at 30 June 2017. Excluding Spotless, trade 
creditor days decreased by 9.0 days from 37.2 days at June 
2016 to 28.2 days. Trade and other payables represents 46.3% 
of Downer’s total liabilities.

Total drawn borrowings of $1,445.0 million represent 37.3% of 
Downer’s total liabilities and has increased by $795.0 million 
mainly as a result of $848.3 million debt that has been assumed 
pursuant to the consolidation of Spotless, offset by repayments 
of debt in the normal course.

Other financial liabilities of $45.5 million increased by 
$29.7 million and represents 1.2% of Downer’s total liabilities. 
The increase reflects $20.2 million of contingent consideration 
payable through the business acquisitions of AGIS, RPQ and 
ITS, further advances from JVs and a higher mark to market 
revaluation on cross-currency and interest rate swaps.

Deferred tax liability decreased by $1.5 million to $56.2 million 
and is primarily due to temporary differences in WIP and 
accrued income.

Provisions of $523.4 million increased by $159.2 million 
($162.7 million from the Spotless acquisition) and represents 
13.5% of Downer’s total liabilities. Employee provisions (annual 
leave and long service leave) made up 77.1% of this balance 
with the remainder covering onerous contracts provisions and 
return conditions obligations for leased assets and property and 
warranty obligations.

Shareholder equity increased by $1.5 billion as a result of the 
$993.0 million capital raising (net of equity raising costs and 
tax), a $435.2 million non-controlling interest in Spotless and 
$181.5 million net profit after tax. This was partially offset by 
$110.6 million of dividend payments made during the year. 

12  Downer EDI Limited

Directors’ Report – continuedfor the year ended 30 June 2017Group Business Strategies and Prospects for Future Financial Years
Downer’s strategy focuses on safety, driving improvement in existing businesses, investing in growth, and creating new positions. 
Downer’s strategic objectives, prospects, and the risks that could adversely affect the achievement of these objectives, are set out in 
the table below. 

Strategic Objective

Prospects 

Risks and risk management

Maintain 
focus on Zero Harm 

Improve value and 
service for customers 
and their customers

Position for 
greater government  
outsourcing 

Leverage 
opportunities that 
will emerge from 
greater urbanisation 
in major cities

Zero Harm is embedded in Downer’s culture and 
is fundamental to the Company’s future success. 
It requires constant vigilance and focus at all levels 
of the Downer business to ensure the Company 
meets its desired objective of ensuring that all 
staff, suppliers and subcontractors return home 
each night incident and injury free. 
Providing valuable and reliable products and 
services to Downer’s customers, and their 
customers, is at the very heart of Downer’s culture. 
It enables Downer’s customers to focus more 
on their core expertise whilst Downer delivers 
non-core operational services. 
Through ongoing analysis of markets, customers 
and competitors, Downer is well positioned to 
improve value and service for its customers and 
their customers. 

Following the acquisition of Spotless, Downer is 
the largest and most diverse services contractor 
in the Asia-Pacific region with over $10 billion in 
annual revenues. This scale and breadth gives 
Downer greater resilience to withstand economic 
headwinds when they arise.
Downer is well positioned to pursue government 
outsourcing opportunities in the Australian and 
New Zealand markets now and into the future. 

As cities become larger and more complex, 
opportunities will emerge for Downer in 
connecting, managing and monitoring 
their core infrastructure. This will include 
transport infrastructure, public transport, 
utilities, telecommunications, and other 
technology platforms. 
Downer is well positioned to work with 
governments and citizens to understand and 
shape the infrastructure and networks that will 
underpin the megacities of the future.

Downer has sought to mitigate risks by assessing, 
understanding and mitigating the “critical risks” facing 
Downer and implementing Cardinal Rules which 
provide direction and guidance on these critical risks.

Relationships creating success continues to be 
Downer’s core operating philosophy that drives 
delivery of projects and services. It helps to ensure 
investment, initiatives and activities are focused on 
helping the Group’s customers to succeed. Risks to 
be managed include:
 – commoditisation of core products and services, 

which affects margins; 

 – not keeping pace with changing customer 
expectations for service improvements; and
 – lack of focus on customer feedback channels.
Government outsourcing provides a high level of 
opportunity for Downer as budgets tighten and 
citizens desire more service from less spend. Risks 
to be managed include:
 – longer procurement contract durations reducing 
opportunities to tender for new opportunities; 
 – commoditisation of long-term contracts; and 
 – introduction of foreign and technology 

based competitors that bring a different 
value proposition.

Greater urbanisation is likely to result in a 
consolidation of competition, opportunities, and 
capital. Risks to be managed include:
 – intensification of competition as customers 

converge into large single market 
procurement channels;

 – introduction of foreign and technology based 
competitors that bring a different value 
proposition; and

 – greater investment in technology.

Annual Report 2017  13

Strategic Objective

Prospects 

Risks and risk management

Create a position in 
social infrastructure, 
particularly in 
the areas of 
health and aged care

Orient Downer’s 
portfolio 
to growth markets

Embed operational 
technology into core 
service offerings

Greater life expectancy will result in greater 
demand for services to aged people – not just 
in health and aged care, but also transport, 
logistics and amenity. This will create a wide range 
of opportunities for Downer across a range of 
service lines. 
Downer is well positioned to participate in 
these opportunities as this market is willing to 
outsource non-core services and challenge the 
status quo to continuously improve the quality of 
services it provides. 
Downer continues to enjoy wide reaching access 
to substantial asset management, projects, and 
services opportunities in its core geographies 
of Australia and New Zealand. Whilst these 
geographies will remain the core focus for 
the foreseeable future, Downer continues to 
investigate and pursue identified and evaluated 
opportunities in Southern Africa, South America, 
North America, Europe, and Asia. 

Through the acquisition of Spotless, Downer has an 
excellent foundation to build its value proposition 
to customers across Australia and New Zealand. 
For Downer to be truly successful, it will need to 
work with customers and co-invest or co-create in 
solutions across healthcare services and patient 
management solutions that improve the core 
user experience. 

Downer continues to review the current shape of 
its service offerings as well as the exportability of a 
number of established and mature service offerings 
which have reached leadership in the Group’s core 
markets. Risks to be managed include: 
 – balancing growth objectives against sustainable 

profit outcomes; and

 – determining the optimal timing to export core 
competencies to new growth markets or to 
further diversify Downer’s offering. 

Downer is focused on increasing the utilisation 
of operational technology across all its service 
lines to improve differentiation and competitive 
advantage. This includes investing in partnerships 
with global technology experts, co-creating 
bespoke products and services to meet 
customer needs, and investigating selective 
M&A opportunities to improve the quality of the 
Group’s service offering. 

Downer has opportunities to invest in new 
skills to manage the risks that will emerge from 
technological advancements. These risks include: 
 – market disruption;
 – cybersecurity and data hacks as more 
assets and infrastructure networks are 
managed remotely; and

 – switching costs associated with technological 

infrastructure and networks.

14  Downer EDI Limited

Directors’ Report – continuedfor the year ended 30 June 2017 
The following table provides an overview of the key prospects relevant to each of Downer’s service lines and summarises Downer’s 
intended strategic response across each sector to maximise the Company’s performance and realise future opportunities.

Service line

Transport 

Utilities 

Rail 

Prospects 

Downer’s response 

The market for transport infrastructure and 
services continues to exhibit good growth in 
both Australia and New Zealand, as respective 
governments invest in a range of projects to 
reduce congestion, improve mobility, and provide 
better linkages between communities. 
The urban nature of this investment allows Downer 
to leverage core resources into these opportunities 
and build a strong pipeline of revenue.

Growth across power and gas utility markets is 
multi-faceted with a good pipeline of prospects 
in both Australia and New Zealand. In Australia, 
growth will be driven by prospects in electricity 
transmission and distribution, as well as significant 
new capital projects in the renewable energy 
market. In New Zealand, increasing demand from 
a growing population is seeing higher levels of 
activity across the water and power & gas sectors.
Activity in telecommunications markets continues 
to be dynamic, with large capital builds in both 
Australia and New Zealand coming to a close. 
However, increasing demand for data services 
will see a solid baseload of activity in this 
sector remain. 

The manufacture and associated servicing of 
rail rolling stock continues to be a strong growth 
market for Downer. Major procurement activities 
have been undertaken in Queensland, NSW and 
Victoria in recent years, with the resulting volume 
of work continuing to permeate the market. 
Looking forward, potential outsourcing and 
franchising opportunities may further expand 
Downer’s portfolio in public transport operations. 

As a market leader in Australia and New Zealand, 
Downer is well positioned to capitalise on future 
transport opportunities. In particular, focus will be 
upon the markets for road maintenance services, 
road surfacing and bitumen supply, and rail 
infrastructure delivery. 
Downer continues to innovate across its core service 
offerings, to ensure it brings to customers global 
insights and competitively benchmarked solutions. 
It also continues to selectively acquire scale where 
this creates value for shareholders.
Downer has market leading positions in the electricity, 
water, gas and telecommunications sectors in both 
Australia and New Zealand. 
Downer is strongly positioned to take advantage of 
the growth opportunities available in these sectors, 
with a demonstrable track record of excellence in 
service delivery, and a greater focus on introducing 
operational technology to improve the value we 
bring to customers. 
The business is focused on maximising its share of 
the outsourced ‘poles and wires’ services market. 
It is also turning its attention towards participating 
in the market for the ‘Internet of Things’, such as 
through the installation and monitoring of sensors 
on critical infrastructure. 
Downer’s rail asset management model is a clear 
market leader which brings a strong focus on ‘return 
on investment’ – i.e. increasing fleet availability and 
reliability for customers’ customers. 
Downer maintains strong strategic partnerships with 
leading global transport solutions providers and, 
through this model, is pursuing opportunities in rolling 
stock manufacture and maintenance and transport 
network operations and maintenance.
The Keolis Downer joint venture is a leading 
Australian multi-modal transport operator, through 
its light rail and bus operations.

Annual Report 2017  15

Prospects 

Downer’s response 

Downer is the market leader in electrical and 
instrumentation work, particularly in the Oil & Gas 
sector, and is growing its structural mechanical 
piping business. Downer is currently working on all 
of the major Oil & Gas developments in Australia and 
Papua New Guinea. 
Outside of Oil & Gas, Downer continues to be a major 
player in the delivery of resources related engineering, 
construction and maintenance services with long and 
enduring relationships with all of Australia’s major 
mining and industrial customers. 
This year Downer increased its presence in the 
growing market for infrastructure and building in 
New Zealand through the acquisition of Hawkins, 
the country’s second-largest builder. 
Mining continues to perform well despite the 
constraints in the operating environment. 
While greenfield iron ore and coal opportunities 
are at their lowest point in a decade, green shoots 
of growth have emerged in gold, lithium and 
precious metals in Australia, Southern Africa and 
South America. 
The Mining division continues to profit from the 
diversity of its operations. With an open cut, 
underground, mining services, tyre management, drill 
and blast, and engineering and technology offering, 
Downer brings to market the largest end-to-end 
capability in the world. 
The acquisition of Spotless is now largely complete. 
Downer is now a major force in both Australia and 
New Zealand with market leading positions across 
key sectors including: Defence; Health; Education; 
Corrections; Commercial; Stadia and Open Space 
Management; Leisure; and Resources. 

EC&M comprises resources-related 
infrastructure, infrastructure projects, and 
non-residential building. 
Resources-related infrastructure continues to 
be impacted by a prolonged downturn and high 
volatility in commodity prices, with investment 
focus on sustaining capital projects rather than 
new production infrastructure. 
Good growth prospects in the commercial sector 
are expected as business confidence remains 
high in both Australia and New Zealand, while 
investment into social infrastructure continues with 
particular focus on health and education. 

The market continues to be impacted by 
depressed commodity prices, particularly across 
bulk commodities, resulting in a prolonged focus 
on cost reduction by mine owners. However, 
opportunities for mining contractors remain with 
an outlook of further growth in export volumes as 
miners look to optimise unit costs.
Some mine owners are currently shifting their 
operating models to maximise supply chain 
benefits, which opens opportunities for contractors 
to work collaboratively to drive productivity 
improvements and reduce production costs.

The facilities management and services market 
is undergoing consolidation, as operators look 
to leverage scale across multiple service lines. 
The proliferation of operational technology to 
enable real-time performance monitoring is 
shaping the future of outsourcing, leading to 
bundling services and the provision of ‘anything 
as a service’. 
The Defence, Health, Education, Corrections, 
and Commercial markets continue to grow with a 
strong pipeline of opportunities in both Australia 
and New Zealand. 

Service line

EC&M 

Mining 

Spotless 

16  Downer EDI Limited

Directors’ Report – continuedfor the year ended 30 June 2017 
Outlook

Environmental

With the acquisition of Spotless, the Downer Group is now well 
positioned for expected growth in the transport infrastructure, 
health, education, corrections, defence, utilities and other 
government service markets across Australia and New Zealand.

The Group’s strong competitive position in all of its major 
markets, coupled with market growth, is driving significant 
opportunities across all businesses. 

Excluding Spotless earnings and any costs or synergies 
related to the acquisition, Downer is targeting NPAT of around 
$190 million for the 2018 financial year, an increase of 5%. 

In its Target’s Statement dated 27 April 2017, the Spotless 
Board provided earnings guidance of between $85 million and 
$100 million NPAT for the 2018 financial year1. 

Once Downer completes its review of the Spotless business 
planning, budgeting and target setting process, updated 
guidance will be provided for the entire Downer Group, 
including Spotless.

Subsequent events

There have been no matters or circumstances other than those 
referred to in the financial statements or notes thereto, that have 
arisen since the end of the financial year, that have significantly 
affected, or may significantly affect, the operations of the Group, 
the results of those operations, or the state of affairs of the 
Group in subsequent financial years.

Changes in state of affairs

During the financial year there was no significant change in the 
state of affairs of the Group other than that referred to in the 
financial statements or notes thereto.

Downer recognises its obligation to stakeholders – customers, 
shareholders, employees, contractors and the community – 
to operate in a way that advances sustainability and mitigates 
the Company’s environmental impact. As a corporate citizen 
Downer respects the places and communities in which it 
operates. Downer’s values and beliefs are the spirit that 
underpins everything it does and it is committed to conducting 
its operations in a manner that is environmentally responsible 
and sustainable.

The Board oversees the Company’s environmental performance. 
It has established a sustainability charter and strategy and 
has allocated internal responsibilities for reducing the impact 
of its operations and business activities on the environment. 
In addition, all Downer Divisions conduct regular environmental 
audits by independent third parties.

The international environmental standard, ISO 14001, is used 
as a benchmark in assessing, improving and maintaining the 
environmental integrity of its business management systems. 
The Company’s Divisions also adhere to environmental 
management requirements established by customers in addition 
to all applicable licence and regulatory requirements.

Dividends

In respect of the financial year ended 30 June 2017, the Board:
 – declared a fully franked interim dividend of 12.0 cents per 

share that was paid on 16 March 2017 to shareholders on the 
register at 16 February 2017; and

 – declared a fully franked final dividend of 12.0 cents per share, 
payable on 10 October 2017 to shareholders on the register 
at 12 September 2017. 

Due to the strength of Downer’s balance sheet, the Company’s 
Dividend Reinvestment Plan remains suspended. 

As detailed in the Directors’ Report for the 2016 financial year, 
the Board declared a fully franked final dividend of 12.0 cents per 
share, that was paid on 15 September 2016 to shareholders on 
the register at 18 August 2016.

1 

For further information regarding the basis of preparation of this guidance, 
including key assumptions and other discussion, see  section 5.4 and section 7 
of Spotless’ Target’s Statement dated 27 April 2017.

Annual Report 2017  17

 
Employee Discount Share Plan (ESP)

An ESP was instituted in June 2005. In accordance with the provisions of the plan, as approved by shareholders at the 1998 Annual 
General Meeting, permanent full-time and part-time employees of Downer EDI Limited and its subsidiary companies who have 
completed six months service may be invited to participate.

No shares were issued under the ESP during the years ended 30 June 2017 or 30 June 2016.

There are no performance rights or performance options, in relation to unissued shares, that are outstanding.

Directors’ meetings

The following table sets out the number of Directors’ meetings (including meetings of Board Committees) held during the 2017 financial 
year and the number of meetings attended by each Director (while they were a Director or Board Committee member). During the year, 
22 Board meetings, six Audit and Risk Committee meetings, three Remuneration Committee meetings, four Zero Harm Committee 
meetings and two Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee meetings were held. In addition, 37 ad hoc meetings (attended 
by various Directors) were held in relation to various matters including tender reviews, major projects, treasury matters and the Due 
Diligence Committee for the Spotless takeover offer and Entitlement Offer.

Director
R M Harding
G A Fenn
S A Chaplain
P S Garling2
T G Handicott3
E A Howell
J S Humphrey4
C G Thorne5

Director
R M Harding
G A Fenn
S A Chaplain
P S Garling2
T G Handicott3
E A Howell
J S Humphrey4
C G Thorne5

Board

Audit and  
Risk Committee

Remuneration  
Committee

Held1
22
22
22
22
21
22
3
22

Attended
22
22
21
21
20
20
3
22

Held1
–
–
6
6
4
–
2
6

Attended
–
–
6
5
4
–
2
6

Held1
3
–
–
3
3
–
2
–

Attended
3
–
–
3
3
–
2
–

Zero Harm  
Committee

Nominations and  
Corporate Governance 
Committee

Held1
–
4
4
–
–
4
–
4

Attended
–
3
4
–
–
4
–
3

Held1
2
–
2
–
–
–
2
–

Attended
2
–
2
–
–
–
2
–

These columns indicate the number of meetings held during the period each person listed was a Director or member of the Board or relevant Board Committee.

1 
2  Mr Garling is also Chairman of the Rail Projects Committee.
3  Ms Handicott is also Chairman of the Disclosure Committee which meets on an unscheduled basis and was Chairman of the Due Diligence Committee for the Spotless 

takeover offer and Entitlement Offer.

4  Mr Humphrey was also Chairman of the Disclosure Committee, Buy-back Committee and IT Transformation Committee which meet on an unscheduled basis.
5 

Dr Thorne is also Chairman of the Tender Risk Evaluation Committee which meets on an unscheduled basis.

18  Downer EDI Limited

Directors’ Report – continuedfor the year ended 30 June 2017Indemnification of officers and auditors

During the financial year, the Company paid a premium in 
respect of a contract insuring the Directors of the Company 
(as named above), the Company Secretary, all officers of the 
Company and of any related body corporate against a liability 
incurred as a Director, secretary or executive officer to the extent 
permitted by the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth).

The contract of insurance prohibits disclosure of the nature of 
the liability and the amount of the premium.

Downer’s Constitution includes indemnities, to the extent 
permitted by law, for each Director and Company Secretary 
of Downer and its subsidiaries against liability incurred in the 
performance of their roles as officers. The Directors and the 
Company Secretaries listed on pages 2 to 4, individuals who act 
as a Director or Company Secretary of Downer’s subsidiaries and 
certain individuals who formerly held any of these roles also have 
the benefit of the indemnity in the Constitution.

The Company has not otherwise, during or since the financial 
year, indemnified or agreed to indemnify an officer or auditor of 
the Company or of any related body corporate against a liability 
incurred as such an officer or auditor.

Corporate Governance

In recognising the need for the highest standards of corporate 
behaviour and accountability, the Board endorses the ASX 
Corporate Governance Council’s Corporate Governance 
Principles and Recommendations (ASX Principles). The Group’s 
corporate governance statement is set out on pages 111 to 118 
of this Annual Report.

Non-audit services

Downer is committed to audit independence. The Audit and 
Risk Committee reviews the independence of the external 
auditors on an annual basis. This process includes confirmation 
from the auditors that, in their professional judgement, they are 
independent of the Group. To ensure that there is no potential 
conflict of interest in work undertaken by Downer’s external 
auditors, KPMG, they may only provide services that are 
consistent with the role of the Company’s auditor.

The Board has considered the position and, in accordance with 
the advice from the Audit and Risk Committee, is satisfied that 
the provision of non-audit services during the year is compatible 
with the general standard of independence for auditors imposed 
by the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth).

The Directors are of the opinion that the services as disclosed 
below do not compromise the external auditor’s independence, 
based on advice received from the Audit and Risk Committee, 
for the following reasons:
 – All non-audit services have been reviewed and approved to 
ensure that they do not impact the integrity and objectivity 
of the auditor; and

 – None of the services undermine the general principles 

relating to auditor independence as set out in the Institute 
of Chartered Accountants in Australia and CPA Australia’s 
Code of Conduct APES 110 Code of Ethics for Professional 
Accountants issued by the Accounting Professional & Ethical 
Standards Board, including reviewing or auditing the auditor’s 
own work, acting in a management or decision-making 
capacity for the Company, acting as advocate for the 
Company or jointly sharing economic risks and rewards.

A copy of the auditor’s independence declaration is set out on 
page 46 of this Annual Report.

During the year, details of the fees paid or payable for non-audit 
services provided by the auditor of the parent entity, its related 
practices and related audit firms were as follows:

Non-audit services
Tax services
Sustainability assurance
Due diligence and other  
non-audit services

June 2017  
$

June 2016  
$

719,955
217,000

743,567 
107,500

1,066,814
2,003,769

306,842 
1,157,909

Rounding of amounts

Downer is a company of the kind referred to in ASIC 
Corporations (Rounding in Financial/Directors’ reports) 
Instrument 2016/191, relating to the “rounding off” of amounts 
in the Directors’ Report and consolidated financial statements. 
Unless otherwise expressly stated, amounts have been rounded 
off to the nearest whole number of millions of dollars and one 
place of decimals representing hundreds of thousands of dollars.

Annual Report 2017  19

Remuneration Report – AUDITED

Chairman’s letter

Dear Shareholders,

Downer’s 2017 Remuneration Report provides information about 
the remuneration of its most senior executives and explains how 
performance has been linked to reward outcomes at Downer this 
financial year. 

Strong financial and safety performance 
Downer has once again delivered strong financial and 
safety performance in 2017 and has continued to deliver 
on its promises:
 – Total Revenue was $7,812.3 million, an increase of 

5.7% from 2016;

 – Net Profit After Tax was $181.5 million, an increase of 

$11.5 million over guidance given at the start of the year;

 – Conversion of EBITDA (earnings before interest, tax, 

depreciation and amortisation) to cash continued to be 
strong at 103.1%; and

 – Lost Time Injury Frequency Rate was 0.55, a reduction 

of 16.7% from 2016 and Total Recordable Injury 
Frequency Rate was 3.50.

Downer’s Zero Harm performance is pleasing. Many of the 
activities that Downer’s people perform every day are inherently 
dangerous and ensuring they remain safe is of paramount 
importance. Focus on Zero Harm is a key part of Downer’s 
culture and the drive for continued improvement of systems 
and performance makes Downer a Zero Harm leader and 
provides a source of competitive advantage.

Downer’s work-in-hand is now $22.5 billion (excluding Spotless), 
up 21% from 2016, which demonstrates the fact that Downer’s 
businesses operate in a range of growth sectors and that 
Downer’s people are seen as being committed to working closely 
with customers to help them succeed using world leading 
insights and solutions. 

Downer’s strong performance in the areas highlighted above 
is reflected in Downer’s Total Shareholder Return over the 
three years to 30 June 2017, being 29.2% higher than the 
ASX 100 median.

Key remuneration issues in 2017
Downer continued to invest in the future through strategic 
acquisitions that enhance the geographic footprint of the 
existing business, grow capability and create new market 
positions. These include the acquisitions of AAA (asphalt plant 
in Western Australia), AGIS Group, Hawkins, ITS and RPQ as 
well as the takeover of Spotless which was funded through an 
Entitlement Offer to shareholders.

The acquisition of a controlling interest in Spotless represents a 
significant investment in growth and creates new positions for 
Downer in adjacent sectors such as Defence, Health, Education 
and Corrections. It is another example of Downer delivering on 
its strategy to maximise long term shareholder value. 

20  Downer EDI Limited

The impact of these major transactions on executive 
remuneration can be significant. The Board’s overarching 
concern is to ensure executives:
 – Are accountable for delivery of the annual budget and 

business plan; and

 – Consider potential acquisition or divestment 

opportunities without the influence of their impact on 
remuneration outcomes. 

For these and other reasons, where a transaction is both material 
and unbudgeted, the Board’s policy is that it should remove the 
impact of the transaction when calculating the key performance 
indicators on which executive performance is measured. 
This ensures that executives are ‘no better or worse off’ as a 
result of the transaction. 

In 2017, adjustments were made in respect of the Entitlement Offer 
and AAA asphalt plant, Hawkins, ITS and Spotless transactions so 
that executives were rewarded for performance against the targets 
set at the beginning of the year. These adjustments comprised 
the exclusion of items such as transaction costs as well as the 
contribution of those businesses to the Group’s profit and cash 
flow results. The adjustments resulted in the full achievement of 
the Free Cash Flow measure but for other measures had no or an 
immaterial impact on reward outcomes.

More information on the Board’s approach to major transactions 
and their impact in 2017 can be found at sections 6.5 and 7.4 of 
the Remuneration Report.

Link between Downer performance and reward outcomes 
Downer’s remuneration framework for key senior employees 
supports the achievement of Downer’s strategy and the creation 
of alignment between senior executives and shareholders. As set 
out in this Remuneration Report, Downer’s remuneration strategy 
continues to provide:
 – A significant proportion of remuneration being at risk linked 

to clear, objective measures;

 – A profitability gateway as a precondition to any short term 

incentive entitlement; 

 – For deferral of 50% of short term incentive payments over a 

further two year period; and 

 – The delivery of a significant proportion of pay in equity. 

We trust that this overview and the accompanying detailed 
analysis are helpful when forming your own views on Downer’s 
remuneration arrangements. 

R M Harding 
Chairman 

T G Handicott 
Remuneration Committee Chairman

Directors’ Report – continuedfor the year ended 30 June 2017The Remuneration Report provides information about the remuneration arrangements for Key Management Personnel (KMP), which 
means Non-executive Directors and the Group’s most senior executives, for the year to 30 June 2017. The term “executive” in this 
Report means KMPs who are not Non-executive Directors.

The Report covers the following matters:
1.  Year in review;
2.  Details of Key Management Personnel;
3.  Remuneration policy, principles and practices;
4.  Relationship between remuneration policy and company performance;
5.  The Board’s role in remuneration;
6.  Description of executive remuneration;
7.  Details of executive remuneration;
8.  Executive equity ownership;
9.  Key terms of employment contracts;
10.  Related party information; and
11.  Description of Non-executive Director remuneration.

1.  Year in review

1.1  Summary of changes to remuneration policy
Downer has continued to refine its remuneration policy during the period. The Board considered Company strategy and reward plans 
based on performance measurement, competitive position and stakeholder feedback. Changes to policy are noted in the relevant 
sections of this Report and are summarised in the table below. 

Policy

Change in policy from 2016

Short-term incentive (STI) plan

 – The Safety measures have been further refined, building upon previous improvements to 

move with and support growth in organisational maturity and ensure continual stretch and 
ongoing Zero Harm improvement through:
 – Requiring the implementation of critical control verification reporting and action plans; 
 – Implementation of critical control verification programs; and
 – Targeting high potential incidents for Action Close Outs.

 – The Environmental measure has been focused on sustainable development by requiring 

review of targets for greenhouse gas emission reduction and energy efficiency as well as the 
achievement of energy efficiency targets.

 – The People measure has been enhanced, reflecting continued organisational development. 
It now requires the achievement of a set level of employee engagement, measured through 
a Company-wide employee engagement survey.

Annual Report 2017  21

2.  Details of Key Management Personnel

The following persons acted as Directors of the Company during or since the end of the most recent financial year: 

Director

Role

R M Harding
G A Fenn
S A Chaplain
P S Garling
T G Handicott 
E A Howell
J S Humphrey
C G Thorne

Chairman, Independent Non-executive Director
Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer
Independent Non-executive Director
Independent Non-executive Director
Independent Non-executive Director, from 21 September 2016
Independent Non-executive Director
Independent Non-executive Director, to 3 November 2016
Independent Non-executive Director

The named persons held their current executive position for the whole of the most recent financial year, except as noted: 

Executive

C W Bruyn
S Cinerari
M J Ferguson
S L Killeen
M J Miller
D J Overall
B C Petersen

Role

Chief Executive Officer – New Zealand, to 16 January 2017
Chief Executive Officer – Infrastructure Services
Chief Financial Officer
Chief Executive Officer – New Zealand, from 16 January 2017
Chief Executive Officer – Rail
Chief Executive Officer – Mining
Chief Executive Officer – Engineering, Construction & Maintenance

22  Downer EDI Limited

Directors’ Report – continuedfor the year ended 30 June 20173.  Remuneration policy, principles and practices

3.1  Executive remuneration policy
Downer’s executive remuneration policy and practices are summarised in the table below.

Policy

Practices aligned with policy

Retain experienced, proven 
performers, and those 
considered to have high 
potential for succession

Focus performance

Provide a Zero 
Harm environment

Manage risk

 – Provide remuneration that is internally fair;
 – Ensure remuneration is competitive with the external market; and
 – Defer a substantial part of pay contingent on continuing service and sustained performance.

 – Provide a substantial component of pay contingent on performance against targets;
 – Focus attention on the most important drivers of value by linking pay to their achievement;
 – Require profitability to reach a challenging level before any bonus payments can be made; and
 – Provide a LTI plan component that rewards consistent Scorecard performance over multiple 

years and over which executives have a clear line of sight.

 – Incorporate measures that embody “Zero Harm” for Downer’s employees, contractors, 

communities and the environment as a significant component of reward.

 – Encourage sustainability by balancing incentives for achieving both short-term and longer-term 
results, and deferring equity based reward vesting after performance has been initially tested;
 – Set stretch targets that finely balance returns with reasonable but not excessive risk taking and 

cap maximum incentive payments;

 – Do not provide excessive “cliff” reward vesting that may encourage excessive risk taking as a 

performance threshold is approached;

 – Diversify risk and limit the prospects of unintended consequences from focusing on just one 

measure in both short-term and long-term incentive plans;

 – Stagger vesting of deferred short term incentive payments to encourage retention and allow 

forfeiture of rewards that are the result of misconduct or material adjustments;

 – Retain full Board discretion to vary incentive payments, including in the event of excessive 

risk taking; and

 – Restrict trading of vested equity rewards to ensure compliance with the Company’s Securities 

Trading Policy.

Align executive interests with 
those of shareholders

 – Provide that a significant proportion of pay is delivered as equity so part of executive reward is 

linked to shareholder value performance;

 – Provide a long-term incentive that is based on consistent Scorecard performance against 
challenging targets set each year that reflect sector volatility and prevailing economic 
conditions as well as relative TSR and earnings per share measures directly related to 
shareholder value;

 – Maintain a guideline minimum shareholding requirement for the Managing Director;
 – Exclude the short-term impact of unbudgeted and opportunistic acquisitions and divestments 

from performance assessment to encourage agility and responsiveness;

 – Encourage holding of shares after vesting via a trading restriction for all executives and 

payment of LTI components in shares; and

 – Prohibit hedging of unvested equity and equity subject to a trading lock to ensure alignment 

with shareholder outcomes.

Attract experienced, 
proven performers

 – Provide a total remuneration opportunity sufficient to attract proven and experienced 
executives from secure positions in other companies and retain existing executives.

Annual Report 2017  23

4.  Relationship between remuneration policy 
and company performance

4.1  Company strategy and remuneration
Downer’s business strategy includes:
 – Maintaining focus on Zero Harm by continually improving 

health, safety and environmental performance to 
achieve Downer’s goal of zero work-related injuries and 
environmental incidents;

 – Driving growth in core markets through focusing on serving 
existing customers better across multiple products and 
service offerings, growing capabilities and investing in 
innovation, research and development and community and 
indigenous partnerships;

 – Creating new strategic positions through enhanced value 
add services that improve propositions for customers and 
exporting established core competencies into new overseas 
markets with current customers of the Company;

 – Reducing risk and enhancing the Company’s capability 

to withstand threats, take advantage of opportunities and 
reduce cyclical volatility;

 – Obtaining better utilisation of assets and improved margins 

through simplifying and driving efficiency;

 – Identifying opportunities to manage the Downer portfolio 

through partnering, acquisition and divestment that deliver 
long-term shareholder value; and

 – Maintaining flexibility to be able to adapt to the changing 
economic and competitive environment to ensure Downer 
delivers shareholder value.

The Company’s remuneration policy complements 
this strategy by:
 – Incorporating Company-wide performance requirements 
for both STI and LTI reward vesting for NPAT, Free Cash 
Flow (FFO) and People measures to encourage cross-
divisional collaboration;

 – Incorporating performance metrics that focus on cash flow to 

reduce working capital and debt exposure;

 – Setting NPAT, EBIT and FFO STI performance and gateway 
requirements based on effective application of funds 
employed to run the business for better capital efficiency;
 – Employing FFO as the cash measure for the STI to provide 

more emphasis on control of capital expenditure;

 – Excluding the short term impacts of opportunistic and 
unbudgeted acquisitions and divestments on incentive 
outcomes to encourage flexibility, responsiveness and 
growth consistent with strategy;

 – Deferring 50% of STI awards to encourage sustainable 

performance and a longer-term focus;

 – Incorporating consistent financial performance in the LTIP 

Scorecard measure;

 – Emphasis on Zero Harm measures in the STI to maintain 

the Company’s position as a Zero Harm leader and employer 
and service provider of choice, thereby delivering a 
competitive advantage; and

 – Encouraging engagement with and the development 

and retention of its people to help maintain a sustainable 
supply of talent.

4.2  Remuneration linked to performance
The link to performance is provided by:
 – Requiring a significant portion of executive remuneration to 

vary with short-term and long-term performance;

 – Applying a profitability gateway to be achieved before an 

STI calculation for executives is made;
 – Applying further Zero Harm gateways to be 

achieved before calculating any reward for safety or 
environmental performance;

 – Applying challenging financial and non-financial measures to 

assess performance; 

 – Ensuring that these measures focus management 
on strategic business objectives that create 
shareholder value; and

 – Delivering a significant proportion of payment in equity for 

alignment with shareholder interests.

Downer measures performance on the following key 
corporate measures:
 – Earnings per share (EPS) growth;
 – Total shareholder return (TSR) relative to other ASX100 

companies (excluding ASX “Financials” sector companies);

 – Group NPAT;
 – Divisional EBIT;
 – FFO;
 – Engagement with Downer’s people; and
 – “Zero Harm” measures of safety and environmental 

sustainability.

Remuneration for all executives varies with performance on 
these key measures.

24  Downer EDI Limited

Directors’ Report – continuedfor the year ended 30 June 2017The following graph shows the Company’s performance compared to the median performance of the ASX100 over the three year 
period to 30 June 2017.

Downer EDI TSR compared to S&P/ASX 100 median*

)
0
0
1
o
t
d
e
x
e
d
n
I
(
n
r
u
t
e
R
r
e
d
o
h
e
r
a
h
S

l

l

a
t
o
T

250 

200 

150 

100 

50 

0 

Jun
2014

Sep
2014

Dec
2014

Mar
2015

Jun
2015

Sep
2015

Dec
2015

Mar
2016

Jun
2016

Sep
2016

Dec
2016

Mar
2017

Jun
2017

* S&P/ASX 100 companies as at 30/06/2014

Downer EDI TSR

S&P/ASX 100 median TSR

The graphs below illustrate Downer’s performance against key financial and non-financial performance indicators over the 
last five years.

Net profit after tax

204.0

216.0

210.2

180.6

181.5

m
$

’

250

200

150

100

50

0

344.3

304.6

242.3

203.0

Free cash flow (i)

400

300

m
$

’

200

159.7

100

0

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

(i)  Adjusted for material unbudgeted transactions. 

Basic earnings per share (ii)

43.0

45.5

43.9

38.0

35.8

e
r
a
h
s

r
e
p
s
t
n
e
C

50

40

30

20

10

0

1.08

0.87

0.70

LTIFR

TRIFR

0.66

0.55

Safety

s
r
u
o
h
0
0
0
0
0
0
,
1

,

r
e
p
s
e
i
r
u
n

j

i

I
e
m
T
t
s
o
L

1.2

1.0

0.8

0.6

0.4

0.2

0.0

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

(ii)  Historical basic earnings per share were restated as a result of 169.9 million 
shares issued from the capital raising made as part of the Spotless takeover 
offer announced on 21 March 2017. The weighted average number of shares 
(WANOS) to calculate EPS was adjusted by an adjustment factor of 0.943.

12

10

8

6

4

2

0

s
r
u
o
h
0
0
0
0
0
0
,
1

,

r
e
p
s
e
i
r
u
n

j

l

I
e
b
a
d
r
o
c
e
R

l

a
t
o
T

Annual Report 2017  25

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5.  The Board’s role in remuneration

The Board engages with shareholders, management and other stakeholders as required, to continuously refine and improve executive 
and Director remuneration policies and practices.

Two Board Committees deal with remuneration matters. They are the Remuneration Committee and the Nominations and Corporate 
Governance Committee.

The role of the Remuneration Committee is to review and make recommendations to the Board in relation to executives in respect of:
 – Executive remuneration and incentive policy;
 – Remuneration of senior executives of the Company;
 – Executive reward and its impact on risk management;
 – Executive incentive plans;
 – Equity-based incentive plans;
 – Superannuation arrangements;
 – Recruitment, retention, performance measurement and termination policies and procedures for all Key Management Personnel and 

senior executives reporting directly to the Managing Director;

 – Disclosure of remuneration in the Company’s public materials including ASX filings and the Annual Report; and
 – Retirement payments for all Key Management Personnel and senior executives reporting directly to the Managing Director.

The Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee is responsible for recommending and reviewing remuneration arrangements 
for the Executive Director and Non-executive Directors of the Company.

Each Committee has the authority to engage external professional advisers without seeking approval of the Board or management. 
During the reporting period, the Remuneration Committee retained Guerdon Associates Pty Ltd as its adviser. Guerdon Associates Pty 
Ltd does not provide services to management and is considered to be independent.

6.  Description of executive remuneration

6.1  Executive remuneration structure
Executive remuneration has a fixed component and a component that varies with performance.

The variable component ensures that a proportion of pay varies with performance. Performance is assessed annually for performance 
periods covering one year and three years. Payment for performance assessed over one year is an STI. Payment for performance over a 
three-year period is an LTI.

In order for maximum STIs to be awarded, performance must achieve a stretch goal that is a clear margin above the planned budget for 
the period. This enables the Company to attract and retain better performing executives, and ensures pay outcomes are aligned with 
shareholder returns.

Target STIs are less than the maximum STI. Target STI is payable on achievement of planned objectives. For executives the target 
STI is 75% of the maximum STI. The maximum total remuneration that can be earned by an executive is capped. The maximums are 
determined as a percentage of fixed remuneration.

Executive position

Managing Director
Executives appointed prior to 2011
Executives appointed from 2011

Target 
STI % of
fixed 
remuneration

Maximum 
STI % of 
fixed 
remuneration

Maximum 
LTI % of 
fixed 
 remuneration

Maximum total
 performance
based pay as a % of
fixed remuneration

75
75
56.25

100
100
75

100
75
50

200
175
125

26  Downer EDI Limited

Directors’ Report – continuedfor the year ended 30 June 2017The proportions of STI to LTI take into account:
 – Market practice;
 – The service period before executives can receive equity rewards;
 – The behaviours that the Board seeks to encourage through direct key performance indicators; and
 – The guideline for the Managing Director to maintain a shareholding as a multiple of pay after long-term incentive 

rewards have vested.

6.2  Fixed remuneration
Fixed remuneration is the sum of salary and the direct cost of providing employee benefits, including superannuation, motor vehicles, 
car parking, living away from home expenses and fringe benefits tax.

The level of remuneration is set to be able to retain proven performers and when necessary to attract the most suitable external 
candidates from secure employment elsewhere.

Remuneration is benchmarked against a peer group of direct competitors and a sector peer group. While market levels of remuneration 
are monitored on a regular basis, there is no contractual requirement or expectation that any adjustments will be made.

No KMP received an adjustment to fixed remuneration in the 2017 financial year or in the past four years, other than M J Ferguson, S L 
Killeen and M J Miller on their appointment to KMP roles, all having been internal appointments.

6.3  Short-term incentive
6.3.1  STI tabular summary
The following table outlines the major features of the 2017 LTI plan.

Purpose of STI plan

 – Focus performance on drivers of shareholder value over 12 month period;
 – Improve “Zero Harm” and people related results; and
 – Ensure a part of remuneration costs varies with the Company’s 12 month performance.

Minimum performance “gateway” 
before any payments can be made

Achievement of a gateway based on budgeted Group NPAT for corporate executives and Division 
EBIT for divisional heads.

Maximum STI that can be earned

 – KMP appointed pre 2011: up to 100% of fixed remuneration; and
 – KMP appointed from 2011: up to 75% of fixed remuneration.

Percentage of STI that can 
be earned on achieving 
target expectations

Individual Performance  
Modifier (IPM)

75% of the maximum. For an executive to receive more, performance in excess of target 
expectations will be required.

 – An IPM may be applied based on an executive’s individual key performance indicators and 

relative performance; 

 – Moderate individual performance may result in an IPM of less than 1 or outstanding 
performance may result in an IPM greater than 1. The IPM must average 1 across all 
participants; and

 – Application of an IPM cannot result in an award greater than the maximum STI% level set out 

in section 6.1.

Discretion to vary payments

The Board, in its discretion, may vary STI payments by up to + or – 100% from the payment 
applicable to the level of performance achieved, up to the maximum for that executive.

Performance period

1 July 2016 to 30 June 2017.

Performance assessed

August 2017, following audit of accounts.

Additional service period 
after performance period for 
payment to be made

Payment timing

50% of the award is deferred with the first tranche of 25% vesting one year following award and 
the second tranche of 25% vesting two years following award.

August 2017 for the first cash payment of 50% of the award. The deferred components of 
the STI payments will be paid one and two years following the award, in equal tranches of 
25% of the award.

Annual Report 2017  27

Form of payment

Cash for initial payment.

The value of deferred components will be settled in cash or shares, net of personal tax. An 
eligible leaver’s deferred components will be settled in shares or in cash in the sole and absolute 
discretion of the Board.

Performance requirements

Group NPAT and divisional EBIT, FFO, Zero Harm and people measures.

Board discretion

New recruits

Terminating executives

The Board may exercise discretion to:
 – Reduce partly or fully the value of the deferred components that are due to vest in certain 
circumstances, including where an executive has acted inappropriately or where the Board 
considers that the financial results against which the STIP performance measures were tested 
were incorrect in a material respect or have been reversed or restated; and

 – Settle deferred components in shares or cash.

New executives (either new starts or promoted employees) are eligible to participate in the STI in 
the year in which they commence in their position with a pro-rata entitlement.

There is no STI entitlement where an executive’s employment terminates prior to the end of 
the financial year. Where an executive’s employment terminates prior to the vesting date, the 
unvested deferred components will be forfeited. However, the Board has retained discretion to 
vest deferred awards, in the form of shares or cash, in their ordinary course where the executive is 
judged to be an eligible leaver.

6.3.2  STI overview
The STI plan provides for an annual payment that varies with annual performance. This has been applied to performance measured 
over the Company’s financial year to 30 June 2017.

The basis of the plan is designed to align STI outcomes with financial results. No STI is paid unless a minimum profit gateway is met. For 
corporate executives, the gateway is based on the Group budgeted profit target. For divisional executives, the gateway is based on the 
division budgeted profit target. Profit for this purpose is defined as NPAT for corporate executives and EBIT for divisional executives. 
This minimum must be at a challenging level to justify the payment of STI to an executive, and deliver an acceptable return for the 
funds employed in running the business. Positive and negative impacts from material but unbudgeted and opportunistic transactions 
are excluded from gateway assessment.

As noted in section 6.1, the maximum STI that can be earned is capped to minimise excessive risk taking.

Deferral is a key feature as part of the STI structure. Payment of 50% of the award is paid at the time of award in cash and the remaining 
50% of the award earned is deferred over two years.

The first payment of 50% of the award will be in cash after finalisation of the annual audited results. The payment of the deferred 
component of the award will be in the form of two tranches, each to the value of 25% of the award.

The deferred components represent an entitlement to cash or shares, subject to the satisfaction of a continued employment condition. 
The first tranche will vest one year following award and the second tranche will vest two years following award, provided an executive 
remains employed by the Group at the time of vesting.

The value of deferred components will generally be settled in shares, net of applicable personal tax. This is designed to encourage 
executive share ownership, and not adversely impact executives who have to meet their taxation obligations arising from the vesting 
of the deferred components. However, the Board retains the discretion to vest deferred awards, in the form of shares or cash, having 
regard to an executive’s individual circumstances and existing level of equity ownership.

No dividend entitlements are attached to the deferred components during the vesting period.

Where an executive ceases employment with the Group prior to the vesting date, the deferred components will be forfeited. However, 
the Board has retained the discretion to vest deferred awards, in the form of shares or cash, in their ordinary course where the executive 
is judged to be an eligible leaver.

28  Downer EDI Limited

Directors’ Report – continuedfor the year ended 30 June 20176.3.3  How STI payments are assessed

Target STI plan percentage of pay

An individual’s target incentive under the STI plan is expressed as a percentage of fixed 
remuneration. The STI plan percentage is set according to policy tabulated in section 6.1.

Organisational or divisional 
scorecard result

As a principle, “target” achievement would be represented at budget. Thresholds and 
maximums are also set.

Individual Performance  
Modifier (IPM)

At the end of the plan year, eligible employees are provided with an IPM against their key 
performance indicators and relative performance. Individual key performance indicators are set 
between the individual and the Managing Director (if reporting to the Managing Director) or the 
Board (if the Managing Director) at the start of the performance period. IPMs must average to 1.

STI plan incentive calculation

Fixed remuneration x maximum STI plan percent x scorecard result x IPM.

6.3.4  STI performance requirements
Overall performance is assessed on NPAT, EBIT, FFO, Zero Harm and a measure of employee engagement.

NPAT and EBIT include joint ventures and associates and include, inter alia, changes in accounting policy.

FFO is defined as net cash from operating activities (i.e. EBIT plus non-cash items in operating profit plus distributions received 
from JVs or associates plus movements in working capital plus movements in operating assets less net interest less tax paid), less 
investing cash flow.

Zero Harm reflects Downer’s commitment to safety and environmental, social and governance matters. The Zero Harm element 
includes safety and environmental measures, underscoring Downer’s commitment to customers, employees, regulators and the 
communities in which it operates. 

For 2017, the Board introduced the Zero Harm Leadership measure and targeted the Action Close Outs safety measure on high 
potential incidents and further developed the Safety Critical Risk and Environmental Sustainable Development measures to ensure 
Downer continues to focus on effective risk controls and visible leadership.

The measures for the Zero Harm element of the scorecard are as follows:

Measure

Target

Safety
TRIFR (total recordable injury 
frequency rate) 

LTIFR (lost time injury frequency rate)

Critical risks

Zero Harm Leadership

Environmental
Sustainable development

Achieve a defined TRIFR target at level of responsibility. TRIFR is calculated as the number 
of recordable injuries x 1,000,000/the hours worked in 12 months. In addition LTIFR must be 
retained below a threshold level for area of responsibility. LTIFR is calculated as the number of 
lost time injuries x 1,000,000/the hours worked in 12 months.
High potential incident Action Close Outs, critical control verification reporting and action 
plans and the implementation of critical control verification programs.
Performance of a minimum number of critical risk observations by senior executives within 
the relevant area of control by the senior executives of that area and in other areas of Downer 
by the executive.

Review of targets for greenhouse gas reduction and energy efficiency and the achievement of 
energy efficiency targets for the area of control.

Should a workplace fatality or serious environmental incident occur, the relevant safety or environmental portion of the STI is foregone. 

Annual Report 2017  29

For 2017, the Board introduced a new People measure requiring the achievement of a set level of employee engagement, based on a 
Group-wide employee engagement survey.

Weightings applied to the 2017 STI scorecard measures for all executives, including the Managing Director, are set out in 
the table below.

Executive

Corporate

Business unit

Group NPAT

Divisional EBIT

Free cash flow

Zero Harm

30%

7.5%

–

22.5%

30%

30%
(7.5% Group, 
22.5% division)

30%

30%

People

10%

10%
(3% Group,
7% division)

The Board has discretion to vary STI payments by up to + or – 100% from the payment applicable to the level of performance achieved, 
up to the maximum for that executive.

Specific details of STI performance requirements are set out in section 7.3.

The Board retains the right to vary from policy in exceptional circumstances. However, any variation from policy and the reasons for it 
will be disclosed.

6.4 Long-term incentive
6.4.1  LTI tabular summary
The following table outlines the major features of the 2017 LTI plan.

Purpose of LTI plan

 – Focus performance on drivers of shareholder value over three-year period;
 – Manage risk by countering any tendency to over-emphasise short-term performance to the 

detriment of longer-term growth and sustainability; and

 – Ensure a part of remuneration costs varies with the Company’s longer-term performance.

Maximum value of equity 
that can be granted

 – Managing Director: 100% of fixed remuneration;
 – KMP appointed pre-2011: 75% of fixed remuneration; and
 – KMP appointed from 2011: 50% of fixed remuneration.

Performance period

1 July 2016 to 30 June 2019.

Performance assessed

September 2019.

Additional service period 
after performance period 
for shares to vest

Performance rights for which the relevant performance vesting condition is satisfied will not vest unless 
executives remain employed with the Group on 30 June 2019.

Performance rights vest

1 July 2020.

Form of award and payment

Performance rights.

30  Downer EDI Limited

Directors’ Report – continuedfor the year ended 30 June 2017Performance conditions

There are three performance conditions. Each applies to one-third of the performance rights granted to 
each executive.

Relative TSR
The relative TSR performance condition is based on the Company’s TSR performance relative to the 
TSR of companies comprising the ASX100 index, excluding financial services companies, at the start of 
the performance period, measured over the three years to 30 June 2019.
The performance vesting scale that will apply to the performance rights subject to the relative TSR test 
is shown in the table below:

Downer EDI Limited’s 
TSR Ranking

Percentage of performance rights subject to TSR condition that 
qualify for vesting

< 50th percentile

50th percentile

Above 50th and below 
75th percentile

0%

30%

Pro rata so that 2.8% of the performance rights in the tranche will 
vest for every 1 percentile increase between the 50th percentile and 
75th percentile

75th percentile and above

100%

EPS growth
The EPS growth performance condition is based on the Company’s compound annual EPS growth over 
the three years to 30 June 2019.
The performance vesting scale that will apply to the performance rights subject to the EPS growth test 
is shown in the table below:

Downer EDI Limited’s EPS 
compound annual growth

Percentage of performance rights subject to EPS condition that 
qualify for vesting

< 5%

5%

0%

30%

Above 5% to < 10%

Pro rata so that 14% of the performance rights in the tranche will 
vest for every 1% increase in EPS growth between 5% and 10%

10% or more

100%

Scorecard
The Scorecard performance condition is based on the Group’s NPAT and FFO for each of the three 
years to 30 June 2019.
The performance vesting scale that will apply to the performance rights subject to the Scorecard test 
is shown in the table below:

Scorecard result

< 90%

90%

Above 90% to < 110%

Percentage of performance rights subject to Scorecard condition 
that qualify for vesting

0%

30%

Pro rata so that 3.5% of the performance rights in the tranche will vest 
for every 1% increase in the Scorecard result between 90% and 110%

110% or more

100%

How performance rights and 
shares are acquired

The rights are issued by the Company and held by the participant subject to the satisfaction of 
the vesting conditions. The number of rights held may be adjusted pro-rata, consistent with ASX 
adjustment factors, for any capital re-structures. 
If the rights vest, executives can exercise them to receive shares that are normally acquired on-market.

Annual Report 2017  31

Treatment of dividends 
and voting rights on 
performance rights

Performance rights do not have voting rights or accrue dividends.

Restriction on hedging

Hedging of entitlements under the plan by executives is not permitted.

Restriction on trading

Vested shares arising from the rights may only be traded with the approval of the Remuneration 
Committee. Approval requires that trading comply with the Company’s Securities Trading Policy.

New participants

Terminating executives

Change of control

New executives (either new starts or promoted employees) are eligible to participate in the LTI on the 
first grant date applicable to all executives after they commence in their position. An additional pro-
rata entitlement if their employment commenced after the grant date in the prior calendar year may be 
made on a discretionary basis.

Where an executive ceases employment with the Group prior to the vesting date, the rights will 
be forfeited. However, the Board will retain the discretion to retain executives in the plan in certain 
circumstances including the death, total and permanent disability or retirement of an executive. In 
these circumstances, the Board will also retain the discretion to vest awards in the form of cash.

On the occurrence of a change of control event, and providing at least 12 months of the grants’ 
performance period have elapsed, unvested performance rights pro rated with the elapsed service 
period are tested for vesting with performance against the relevant relative TSR, EPS growth or 
Scorecard requirements for that relevant period. Vesting will occur to the extent the performance 
conditions are met. Performance rights that have already been tested, have met performance 
requirements and are subject to the completion of the service condition, fully vest.

6.4.2  LTI overview
Executives participate in a LTI plan. This is an equity-based plan that provides for a reward that varies with Company performance over 
three-year measures of performance. Three-year measures of performance are considered to be the maximum reasonable time period 
for setting incentive targets for earnings per share and are generally consistent with market practice in the Company’s sector.

The payment is in the form of performance rights. The performance rights do not have any dividend entitlements or voting rights. If all 
the vesting requirements are satisfied, the performance rights will vest and the executives will receive shares in the Company or cash at 
the discretion of the Board. 

The 2017 LTI represents an entitlement to performance rights to ordinary shares exercisable subject to satisfaction of both a 
performance condition and a continued employment condition. Grants will be in three equal tranches, with each tranche subject to an 
independent performance requirement. The performance requirements for each tranche will share two common features:
 – Once minimum performance conditions are met, the proportion of performance rights that qualify for vesting commences at 30% 

and gradually increases pro rata with performance. This approach provides a strong motivation for meeting minimum performance, 
but avoids a large “cliff” which may encourage excessive risk taking; and

 – The maximum reward is capped at a “stretch” performance level that is considered attainable without excessive risk taking.

Performance for the 2017 LTI grants will be measured over the three-year period to 30 June 2019.

The proportion of performance rights that can vest will be calculated in September 2019, but executives will be required to remain in 
service until 30 June 2020 to be eligible to receive any shares.

Where an executive ceases employment with the Group prior to the vesting date, the rights will be forfeited. However, the Board will 
retain the discretion to retain executives in the plan in certain circumstances such as the death, total and permanent disability or 
retirement of an executive. In these circumstances, the Board will also retain the discretion to vest awards in the form of cash.

After vesting, any shares will remain subject to a trading restriction that is governed by the Company’s Securities Trading Policy.

All unvested performance rights will be forfeited if the Board determines that an executive has committed an act of fraud, defalcation or 
gross misconduct or in other circumstances at the discretion of the Board.

32  Downer EDI Limited

Directors’ Report – continuedfor the year ended 30 June 20176.4.3  Performance requirements
One tranche of performance rights in the 2017 LTI grant will 
qualify for vesting subject to performance relative to other 
companies, while the other two tranches of performance rights 
will qualify for vesting subject to separate, independent absolute 
performance requirements.

The relative performance requirement applicable to the first 
tranche of performance rights is based on total shareholder 
return (TSR). TSR is calculated as the difference in share 
price over the performance period, plus the value of shares 
earned from reinvesting dividends received over this period, 
expressed as a percentage of the share price at the beginning 
of the performance period. If the TSR for each company in the 
comparator group is ranked from highest to lowest, the median 
TSR is the percentage return to shareholders that exceeds the 
TSR for half of the comparison companies. The 75th percentile 
TSR is the percentage return required to exceed the TSR for 75% 
of the comparison companies.

Performance rights in the tranche to which the relative TSR 
performance requirement applies will vest pro rata between the 
median and 75th percentile. That is, 30% of the tranche vest at 
the 50th percentile, 32.8% at the 51st percentile, 35.6% at the 
52nd percentile and so on until 100% vest at the 75th percentile.

The comparator group for the 2017 LTI grants will be the 
companies, excluding financial services companies, in the 
ASX100 index as at the start of the performance period on 1 July 
2016. Consideration has been given to using a smaller group of 
direct competitors for comparison, however:
 – Limiting the comparator group to a small number of direct 
competitors could result in very volatile outcomes from 
period to period; and

 – Management’s strong focus on improving the Company’s 

ranking among ASX100 companies has become embedded 
in Company culture, so reinforcing this rather than trying to 
dislodge it with another focus was considered desirable.

The absolute performance requirement applicable to the 
second tranche of performance rights is based on Earnings per 
Share (EPS) growth over the three year performance period 
to 30 June 2019. The EPS measure is based on AASB 133 
Earnings per Share.

The tranche of performance rights dependent on the EPS 
performance condition will vest pro rata between 5% compound 
annual EPS growth and 10% compound annual EPS growth.

Vesting applies on a pro rata basis from 30% upon meeting the 
minimum compound annual EPS growth performance level of 5% 
to 100% at 10% annual compound annual EPS growth. Capping 
reduces the tendency for excessive risk taking and volatility that 
may be encouraged if the annual compound EPS growth bar 
is set above 10%.

The absolute performance requirement applicable to the third 
tranche of performance rights is based on the Scorecard condition 
over the three year performance period to 30 June 2019.

The Scorecard condition is designed to: 
 – Strengthen retention through the setting of challenging 
targets on an annual basis that reflect prevailing market 
conditions, for a portion of LTI awards;

 – Align with the STI plan to encourage a long-term approach to 

achieving annual financial performance targets;

 – Improve the line of sight for executives so as to increase 
motivation and focus on consistent performance; and
 – Focus on performance sustainability through reward of 

consistent achievement of absolute performance targets 
over the long term. 

The Scorecard condition is comprised of two independent 
absolute components of equal weighting. These components are 
based on Group NPAT and Group FFO.

The performance of each component will be measured over the 
three year period to 30 June 2019. 

NPAT and FFO targets are set at the beginning of each of the 
three financial years. The performance of each component will 
be assessed each year relative to the targets. Performance of 
each component will be determined as the average of the annual 
performance assessments for the three years. The performance 
rights will vest on a pro-rata basis from 30% upon meeting the 
minimum three-year average component performance level 
of 90% of target to 100% at the capped maximum three-year 
average component performance level of 110% of target.

The processes and timing applicable for the Scorecard measure 
are outlined below:

Timing

Actions

At the beginning  
of the plan

Weighting of components is 
determined. In 2017 the components are 
equally weighted.

At the beginning of 
each financial year

NPAT and FFO target performance 
levels are set.

At the end of 
each financial year

 – Calculate actual performance; and
 – Assess actual performance compared 
to target to determine performance 
percentage for the year.

At the end of  
three years

 – Calculate average annual performance 

for each component; and

 – Calculate award based on performance 

against the vesting range.

At the end of  
four years

Consider the continued service condition 
and determine vesting.

Annual Report 2017  33

6.4.4  Post‑vesting shareholding guideline
The Managing Director is required to continue holding shares 
after they have vested until the shareholding guideline has been 
attained. This guideline requires that the Managing Director 
holds vested long-term incentive shares equal in value to 100% 
of his fixed remuneration.

The Remuneration Committee has discretion to allow 
variations from this guideline requirement. The guideline 
requirement has been developed to reinforce alignment with 
shareholder interests.

The Board retains the right to vary from policy in exceptional 
circumstances. However, any variation from policy and the 
reasons for it will be disclosed.

6.5  Treatment of major transactions
Downer has delivered significant shareholder value through a 
long history of strategic mergers, acquisitions and divestments. 
On each occasion, the Board considers the impact of these 
transactions. Where a transaction is both material and 
unbudgeted, the Board considers whether it is appropriate 
to adjust for its impact on the key performance indicators on 
which executive performance is measured. The objective of any 
adjustment is to ensure that opportunities to add value through 
an opportunistic divestment or acquisition should not be 
fettered by consideration of the impact on incentive payments. 
That is, executives should be ‘no better or worse off’ as a result 
of the transaction. No adjustments are made for market reactions 
to a transaction as the Board believes that management is 
accountable for those outcomes. 

This Board considers this approach to be appropriate as it:
 – Ensures that executives and the Board consider these 

transactions solely based on the best interests of Downer;

 – Means executives remain accountable for transaction 
execution and post-transaction performance from the 
next budget cycle; 

 – Ensures that executives complete opportunistic transactions 

that are in the long-term interest of shareholders; 
 – Is consistent with the Board’s long-term view when 

considering the value of major transactions to Downer’s 
shareholders; and

 – Ensures Downer remains agile and responsive in managing 

its portfolio by pursuing opportunities as and when 
they emerge rather than be constrained by the annual 
budget process. 

In assessing Zero Harm performance of executives, the results of 
acquired businesses are excluded for a period of twelve months 
post-acquisition to ensure that management is accountable for 
the objectives set in the annual business planning process and 
in recognition that an integration period during which Downer’s 
Zero Harm framework (including systems, processes, definitions 
and measurement and reporting methods) is implemented 
through the acquired business is appropriate.

34  Downer EDI Limited

Directors’ Report – continuedfor the year ended 30 June 20177.  Details of executive remuneration 

7.1  Remuneration received in relation to the 2017 financial year
Executives receive a mix of remuneration during the year, comprising fixed remuneration, an STI paid in cash and an LTI in the form of 
performance rights that vest four years later, subject to meeting performance and continued employment conditions.

The table below lists the remuneration actually received in relation to the 2017 financial year, comprising fixed remuneration, cash STIs 
relating to 2017, deferred STIs payable in 2017 in respect of prior years and the value of LTI grants that vested during the 2017 financial 
year. This information differs to that provided in the statutory remuneration table at section 7.2 which shows the accounting expense 
of LTIs and deferred STIs for 2017 determined in accordance with accounting standards rather than the value of LTI grants that vested 
during the year.

Cash Bonus 
paid or 
payable in 
respect of 
current year
$

Deferred 
Bonus paid 
or payable  
in respect of 
prior years
$

Fixed
Remuneration1
$

2,083,050
601,252
1,026,576
687,500
302,791
675,000
1,354,308
850,000
7,580,477

964,100
–
495,550
271,153
66,129
232,444
568,277
315,913
2,913,566

722,350
–
425,500
–
–
–
598,063
31,597
1,777,510

Other  
Benefits
$

–
–
–
–
–
–
1,248,000
–
1,248,000

Total
payments
$

3,769,500
601,252
1,947,626
958,653
368,920
907,444
3,768,648
1,197,510
13,519,553

Equity 
that vested 
during 20173
$

Total 
remuneration 
received
$

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

3,769,500
601,252
1,947,626
958,653
368,920
907,444
3,768,648
1,197,510
13,519,553

G A Fenn2,4
C W Bruyn
S Cinerari2,4
M J Ferguson2
S L Killeen2
M J Miller2
D J Overall2,4,6
B C Petersen2,5

1 
2 

3 

Fixed remuneration comprises salary and fees, payment of leave entitlements, non-monetary benefits and superannuation payments.
Cash Bonus paid or payable in respect of current year represents cash payments in relation to the 2017 financial year. These comprise the 50% cash component of the 
award. The remaining 50% of the total award is deferred as described in section 6.3.
Represents the value of performance rights granted in previous years that vested during the year, calculated as the number of performance rights that vested multiplied by 
the closing market prices of Downer shares on the vesting date.

4  Deferred Bonus represents the deferred cash bonus amount to be paid in August 2017, being the second deferred component of the 2015 award and the first deferred 

5 

component of the 2016 award, being 25% of each award.
Deferred Bonus represents the deferred cash bonus amount to be paid in August 2017, being the first deferred component of the 2016 award (being 25% of the total 
2016 award).

6  D J Overall: Other benefit represents the actual cash retention benefit paid in May 2017, being 12 months’ fixed remuneration.

Annual Report 2017  35

7.2 Remuneration of executive key management personnel required under the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth)

2017

Short-term 
employee benefits

Post-employment 
benefits

Cash Bonus 
paid or 
payable in 
respect  
of current 
year
$

964,100
–
495,550
271,153
66,129
232,444
568,277
315,913
2,913,566

Deferred 
Bonus paid 
or payable4 
$

803,667
(100,821)
467,313
112,980
28,639
96,852
584,940
157,961
2,151,531

Salary
and fees
$

1,775,384
583,278
980,384
659,616
289,648
638,762
1,326,197
810,235
7,063,504

Non-
monetary
$

Super-
annuation
$

Other
 benefits
$

Subtotal
$

Share-based
payment
transac- 
tions3
$

Total
$

288,050
17,974
19,916
8,268
2,351
16,622
8,495
20,149
381,825

19,616
–
26,276
19,616
10,792
19,616
19,616
19,616
135,148

–
–
–
–
–
–
395,708
–

3,850,817
500,431
1,989,439
1,071,633
397,559
1,004,296
2,903,233
1,323,874
395,708 13,041,282

1,656,713
(232,346)
593,437
119,473
–
111,507
496,208
184,604

5,507,530
268,085
2,582,876
1,191,106
397,559
1,115,803
3,399,441
1,508,478
2,929,596 15,970,878

G A Fenn2
C W Bruyn1
S Cinerari2
M J Ferguson2
S L Killeen1,2
M J Miller2
D J Overall2,5
B C Petersen2

1 
2 

3 

Amounts represent the payments relating to the period during which the individuals were KMP.
Cash Bonus paid or payable in respect of current year represents cash payments in relation to the 2017 financial year. These comprise the 50% cash component of 
the award.
Represents the value of vested and unvested equity expensed during the period including reversal for forfeited equity incentives and the probability of the incentives 
vesting, in accordance with AASB 2 Share-based Payment, related to grants made to the executive, as outlined in section 8.2. Vesting of the majority of securities remains 
subject to significant performance and service conditions as outlined in section 6.4.

4  Deferred Bonus represents the value of deferred components attributable to the 2017 financial year based on amortisation of deferred components over the period from 

the commencement of the relevant performance year to the end of financial year to which payment of the relevant deferred component relates and the reversal for forfeited 
deferred components.
D J Overall: Other benefits represents the accrual of the cash retention benefit paid on 21 May 2017 ($395,708), being 12 months’ fixed remuneration.

5 

2016

Short-term 
employee benefits

Post-employment 
benefits

Cash Bonus
paid or
payable in
respect of
current year3
$

644,700
–
476,000
35,670
631,806
–
–
595,213
63,194
2,446,583

Salary
and fees
$

1,817,359
794,942 
1,006,980
108,728
870,784 
536,446
402,019
1,305,647
339,406
7,182,311 

Deferred
Bonus paid
or payable4
$

735,192
126,027
354,583
–
261,285
–
–
594,700
26,331
2,098,118

G A Fenn2
C W Bruyn2
S Cinerari2
M J Ferguson1,3,8
K J Fletcher7
M J Miller3
L A Nucifora1
D J Overall2,6
B C Petersen1,2

Non-
monetary
$

Super-
annuation
$

Other
 benefits
$

Subtotal
$

Share-
based
payment
transac-
tions5
$

Total
$

176,733
31,230
23,046
–
86,492
14,246
9,143
–
6,716
347,606

19,308
–
26,581
4,367
31,530
19,308
7,574
19,308
8,045
136,021

– 3,393,292
952,199
–
1,887,190
–
148,765
–
1,881,897
–
570,000
–
418,736
–
445,627 2,960,495
443,692

4,196,435
1,204,372
2,140,180
148,765
2,657,870
570,000
418,736
3,336,366
443,692
445,627 12,656,266 2,460,150 15,116,416

803,143
252,173
252,990
–
775,973
–
–
375,871
–

–

1 
2 

3 

Amounts represent the payments relating to the period during which the individuals were KMP.
Cash Bonus paid or payable in respect of current year represents cash payments in relation to the 2016 financial year. These comprise the 50% cash component of 
the award.
Cash Bonus paid or payable in respect of current year represents cash payments in relation to the 2016 financial year. These comprise 100% of the award as the executive is 
currently serving in an ‘Acting’ capacity and accordingly STI deferral does not apply.

4  Deferred Bonus represents the value of deferred components attributable to the 2016 financial year based on amortisation of deferred components over the period from the 

5 

commencement of the relevant performance year to the end of financial year to which payment of the relevant deferred component relates.
Represents the value of vested and unvested equity expensed during the period including reversal for forfeited equity incentives and the probability of the incentives 
vesting, in accordance with AASB 2 Share-based Payment, related to grants made to the executive. Vesting of the majority of securities remains subject to significant 
performance and service conditions as outlined in section 6.4.

6  D J Overall: Other benefits represents the accrual of the cash retention benefit paid on 21 May 2017 ($445,627), being 12 months’ fixed remuneration. 
7  Mr K J Fletcher passed away on 10 April 2016. Salary and fees includes $140,015 in accrued leave benefits paid in relation to cessation of employment. The Board 

determined that Mr Fletcher’s full 2016 STI award and unvested deferred STI entitlements (being the second deferred component of the 2014 award and the first and second 
deferred components of the 2015 award) be paid to his estate. All unvested STI and LTI entitlements were expensed in the 2016 financial year.

8  Mr M J Ferguson’s current annual fixed remuneration is $500,000. Amounts represent the portion of his remuneration earned as a member of the KMP in his role as Acting 

Chief Financial Officer.

36  Downer EDI Limited

Directors’ Report – continuedfor the year ended 30 June 20177.3  Performance related remuneration
7.3.1  Performance outcomes required under the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth)
The table below lists the proportions of remuneration paid during the year ended 30 June 2017 that are performance and 
non-performance related and the proportion of STIs that were earned during the year ended 30 June 2017 due to the achievement of 
the relevant performance targets.

G A Fenn1
S Cinerari1
M J Ferguson
S L Killeen
M J Miller
D J Overall1
B C Petersen

Proportion of 
2017 remuneration

2017 
Short-term incentive

Performance
Related
%

Non-
performance
Related
%

Paid
%

Forfeited
%

62
60
36
18
34
39
37

38
40
64
82
66
61
63

96
99
96
52
89
91
99

4
1
4
48
11
9
1

1 

Performance related portion includes the reversal of expense for forfeited equity incentives described in section 6.4.

7.3.2  STI performance outcomes
Specific STI financial and commercial targets remain commercially sensitive and so have not been reported.

In order for an STI to be paid, a minimum of 90% of the budgeted profit target must be met. For corporate executives, the hurdle is 
90% of the Group budgeted profit target. Profit for this purpose is defined as NPAT. For divisional executives, the hurdle is 90% of the 
division budgeted profit target. Profit for this purpose is defined as EBIT.

The following table summarises the average performance achieved by the KMP across each element of the scorecard.

Weighting of scorecard element

Corporate
Division

Percentage of the element achieved1 Corporate

Division

Group 
NPAT

Divisional
EBIT

Group
FFO

Divisional
FFO

30.0
7.5
88.0
88.0

22.5

76.4

30.0
7.5
100.0
100.0

22.5

77.5

Zero 
Harm

30.0
30.0
100.0
91.0

People

10.0
10.0
100.0
100.0

1 

Performance includes the results for each element, even if the NPAT or EBIT gateway was not achieved.

Annual Report 2017  37

The following table sets out the performance achieved by each KMP across each element of the scorecard.

Corporate scorecard – G A Fenn and M J Ferguson

Element

Measure

Threshold

Target

Maximum

Zero Harm

People
Financial

Safety
Environmental
Employee engagement
Profit (NPAT)
FFO

Infrastructure Services scorecard – S Cinerari

•
•
•

•

•

Element

Measure

Threshold

Target

Maximum

Threshold

Target

Maximum

Zero Harm

People
Financial

Safety
Environmental
Employee engagement
Profit (NPAT/EBIT)
FFO

New Zealand scorecard – S L Killeen

Element

Measure

Threshold

Zero Harm

People
Financial

Safety
Environmental
Employee engagement
Profit (NPAT/EBIT)
FFO

Rail scorecard – M J Miller

Element

Measure

Zero Harm

People
Financial

Safety
Environmental
Employee engagement
Profit (NPAT/EBIT)
FFO

Mining scorecard – D J Overall

•

•

•

•
•
•

•

•

Maximum

•

Target

•

•

•

•

•
•
•

Maximum

•
•

•

•

Element

Measure

Threshold

Target

Zero Harm

People
Financial

Safety
Environmental
Employee engagement
Profit (NPAT/EBIT)
FFO

Engineering, Construction & Maintenance scorecard – B C Petersen

Element

Measure

Threshold

Target

Maximum

Zero Harm

People
Financial

Safety
Environmental
Employee engagement
Profit (NPAT/EBIT)
FFO

For 2017, the IPM applied to each member of the KMP remained at 1. 

38  Downer EDI Limited

•
•
•

•

•

Directors’ Report – continuedfor the year ended 30 June 20177.3.3  LTI performance outcomes
The table below summarises LTI performance measures tested and the outcomes for each executive.

Relevant 
executives

G A Fenn, 
C W Bruyn, 
S Cinerari,
D J Overall

Relevant 
LTI measure

2014 plan

Performance 
outcome

% LTI tranche 
that vested

TSR tranche – percentile ranking of 
Downer’s TSR relative to the constituents 
of the ASX100 over a three-year period.

Actual performance ranked at 
the 37th percentile.

0% became provisionally qualified.
The performance rights 
were forfeited.

EPS tranche – compound annual 
earnings per share growth against 
absolute targets over a three-year period.

Actual performance was -5.95%. 0% became provisionally qualified.

The performance rights 
were forfeited.

7.4  Major transactions
7.4.1  Major transactions in 2017
In 2017 Downer continued to optimise its portfolio in keeping with its strategy of creating new market positions to deliver long-term 
shareholder value through partnering, acquisition and divestment. 

Downer undertook six major acquisitions during 2017 as well as an Entitlement Offer. These acquisitions were Spotless, Hawkins, 
ITS Pipetech, AAA asphalt plant, RPQ and AGIS Group. 

7.4.2  Adjustments made to incentive calculations in relation to major transactions
In accordance with its policy, the Board considered the impact of each major transaction on incentive outcomes. 

The acquisitions of RPQ and AGIS Group were included in the 2017 budget and as such no adjustments were made for 
those transactions.

The Board determined that the following adjustments be made to KPI calculations for the impact of the Entitlement Offer, takeover offer 
for Spotless and the acquisitions of Hawkins, ITS and AAA asphalt plant. The adjustments mean that executives are ‘no better or worse 
off’ as a result of the transactions so that performance is measured against delivery of the Company’s budget and business plan.

Measure

Adjustment

Impact on STI

Impact on LTI

An additional 0.5% of the 
NPAT measure was earned.

An additional 0.5% of rights 
in the NPAT tranche met the 
performance condition.

NPAT

Net increase of $0.8 million comprised of:
 – Exclusion of transaction costs of $18.4 million;
 – Exclusion of the gain on revaluation of the initial 
investment in Spotless ($19.1 million) and other 
income ($0.7 million);

 – Exclusion of net interest income of $0.5 million 

(being interest earned on the investment of funds 
raised for the Spotless transaction less interest 
paid on acquisition funding); 

 – Exclusion of operating earnings of $4.6 million 
generated by those businesses in FY17; and
 – Income tax effect on adjustments of $7.3 million.

Annual Report 2017  39

Measure

Adjustment

Impact on STI

Impact on LTI

FFO

Net increase of $757.2 million comprised of:
 – Exclusion of transaction costs of $13.7 million;
 – Exclusion of net interest income of $1.1 million 

An increase from nil to 
100% of the FFO measure 
was earned.

An increase from nil to 
100% of rights in the 
FFO tranche met the 
performance condition.

(being interest earned on the investment of funds 
raised for the Spotless transaction less interest 
paid on acquisition funding);

 – Exclusion of payments made to acquire 

those businesses (net of cash acquired) of 
$746.7 million; and

 – Exclusion of net cash flows generated by those 

businesses of $2.1 million.

Zero Harm

The Zero Harm performance of acquired businesses 
has been excluded. 

EPS

TSR

 – The use of NPAT adjusted as set out above; and
 – Exclusion of shares issued under the Entitlement 
Offer from the weighted average number of 
shares calculation.

No adjustments were made to data sourced from 
the Australian Securities Exchange (ASX) for the 
calculation in relation to any major transaction. 
However, it is noted that ASX adjusts historical 
data for the bonus element of all new share issues 
(Adjustment Factor). In this case the Adjustment 
Factor is 0.943 and was applied to share prices and 
dividend rates prior to the capital raising.

This also applies to all companies in the peer group.

Not applicable.

Not applicable as 
acquired businesses 
historical performance 
has been measured on a 
different basis.

Not applicable.

No change.

Not applicable.

Not applicable.

Grant quantum Consistent with the ASX Listing Rules for the 

Not applicable.

adjustment of the quantity of rights and options on 
issue at the time of new share issues, the quantity of 
unlapsed rights granted to executives were adjusted by 
the ASX Adjustment Factor.

Details of rights granted can 
be found at section 8.2.

7.4.3  Future periods
The takeover offer for Spotless continued in FY18. The impact on 2018 performance is included in the 2018 budget and accordingly no 
adjustments are expected in respect of FY18. 

7.5  Variance from policy
There were no variances from policy during the year.

40  Downer EDI Limited

Directors’ Report – continuedfor the year ended 30 June 20178.  Executive equity ownership

8.1  Ordinary shares
KMP equity holdings in fully paid ordinary shares and performance rights issued by Downer EDI Limited are as follows:

Ordinary shares

Performance rights

Balance at
1 July 2016

Net 
change

Balance at
30 June 2017

Balance at
1 July 2016

Net 
change

Balance at
30 June 2017

No.

626,492
75,708
–
–
–
108,460
–

No.

199,734
(65,301)
–
–
–
(108,460)
–

No.

826,226
10,407
–
–
–
–
–

No.

1,426,257
489,557
–
–
–
510,373
59,450

No.

330,906
136,864
94,411
–
88,116
27,613
110,566

No.

1,757,163
626,421
94,411
–
88,116
537,986
170,016

G A Fenn
S Cinerari
M J Ferguson
S L Killeen
M J Miller
D J Overall
B C Petersen

8.2  Options and rights
No performance options were granted or exercised during the 2017 financial year.

As outlined in section 6.4.1, the LTI plan for the 2017 financial year is in the form of performance rights. Relief from certain regulatory 
requirements was applied for and has been received from the Australian Securities and Investments Commission. During the year, 
grants of performance rights were made to KMP in respect of the 2017 financial year. 

The following table shows the number of performance rights granted and percentage of performance rights that vested or were 
forfeited during the year for each grant that affects compensation in this or future reporting periods.

2014 Plan

2015 Plan

2016 Plan

2017 Plan

Number
of per-
formance
 rights1

243,576
76,726
–
–
–
113,993
–

Vested
%

Forfeited
%

–
–
–
–
–
–
–

100
100
–
–
–
100
–

Number
of per-
formance
 rights2

541,920
170,705
–
–
–
253,619
–

Vested
%

Forfeited
%

–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–

Number
of per-
formance
 rights3

711,717
266,894
–
–
–
166,542
63,017

Vested
%

Forfeited
%

Number 
of per-
formance
 rights4

Vested
%

Forfeited
%

–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–

503,526
188,822
94,411
–
88,116
117,825
106,999

–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–

G A Fenn
S Cinerari
M J Ferguson
S L Killeen
M J Miller
D J Overall
B C Petersen

1 
2 

3 

Grant date 2 June 2015. The fair value of performance rights granted was $4.45 per right for the EPS tranche and $1.77 per right for the TSR tranche.
Grant date 2 June 2015. The fair value of performance rights granted was $4.23 per right for the EPS and Scorecard tranches and $1.70 per right for the TSR tranche. 
These quantities include the additional performance rights arising from application of the ASX Adjustment Factor to the quantity of unlapsed rights as a result of the 
Entitlement Offer.
Grant date 30 June 2016. The fair value of performance rights granted was $3.24 per right for the EPS and Scorecard tranches and $0.97 per right for the TSR tranche. 
These quantities include the additional performance rights arising from application of the ASX Adjustment Factor to the quantity of unlapsed rights as a result of the 
Entitlement Offer.

4  Grant date 21 June 2017. The fair value of performance rights granted was $5.29 per right for the EPS and Scorecard tranches and $4.61 per right for the TSR tranche.

Annual Report 2017  41

The maximum number of performance rights that may vest in future years that will be recognised as share-based payments in future 
years is set out in the table below:

G A Fenn
S Cinerari
M J Ferguson
S L Killeen
M J Miller
D J Overall
B C Petersen

Maximum number of shares  
for the vesting year

2019

541,920
170,705
–
–
–
253,619
–

2020

711,717
266,894
–
–
–
166,542
63,017

2021

503,526
188,822
94,411
–
88,116
117,825
106,999

The maximum value of performance rights that may vest in future years that will be recognised as share-based payments in future 
years is set out in the table below. The amount reported is the value of share-based payments calculated in accordance with AASB 2 
Share-based Payment over the vesting period.

G A Fenn

S Cinerari
M J Ferguson
S L Killeen
M J Miller
D J Overall
B C Petersen

2018
1,756,032

593,734
119,473
–
111,507
542,691
184,604

2019
1,192,878

509,306
119,473
–
111,507
279,134
184,605

2020
637,191

238,946
119,473
–
111,507
149,103
135,403

8.3  Remuneration consultants
Guerdon Associates Pty Ltd was engaged by the Board Remuneration Committee to provide remuneration advice in relation to KMP, 
but did not provide the Board Remuneration Committee with remuneration recommendations as defined under Division 1, Part 1.2, 
9B (1) of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth).

The Board was satisfied that advice received was free from any undue influence by KMP to whom the advice may relate, because strict 
protocols were observed and complied with regarding any interaction between Guerdon Associates Pty Ltd and management, and 
because all remuneration advice was provided to the Board Remuneration Committee chair.

9.  Key terms of employment contracts

9.1  Notice and termination payments
Executives are on contracts with no fixed end date.

The following table captures the notice periods applicable to termination of the employment of executives.

Termination notice 
period by Downer

Termination notice 
period by employee

Termination payments 
payable under contract

Managing Director

Other Executives

12 months

12 months

6 months

6 months

12 months

12 months

Termination payments are calculated based upon total fixed remuneration at the date of termination. No payment is made for 
termination due to gross misconduct.

42  Downer EDI Limited

Directors’ Report – continuedfor the year ended 30 June 20179.2 Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer of Downer’s employment agreement
Mr Fenn was appointed as the Managing Director of Downer commencing on 30 July 2010. The following table sets out the key terms 
of the Managing Director’s employment agreement.

Term

Until terminated by either party.

Fixed remuneration

STI opportunity

LTI opportunity

Termination

$2.0 million per annum. This has remained unchanged since July 2012.
Fixed remuneration includes superannuation and non-cash benefits but excludes entitlements to 
reimbursement for Mr Fenn’s home telephone rental and call costs, home internet costs and medical, life and 
salary continuance insurance. Mr Fenn may also be accompanied by his wife when travelling on business, at the 
Chairman’s discretion. There was no such travel during the year.

Mr Fenn is eligible to receive an annual STI and the maximum STI opportunity is 100% of fixed remuneration. 
Any entitlement to an STI is at the discretion of the Board, having regard to performance measures and targets 
developed in consultation with Mr Fenn including Downer’s financial performance, safety, people, environmental 
and sustainability targets and adherence to risk management policies and practices. The Board also retains the 
right to vary the STI by + or – 100% (up to the 100% maximum) based on its assessment of performance. The STI 
deferral arrangements in place for KMP apply to Mr Fenn.
There is no STI entitlement where the Managing Director’s employment terminates prior to the end of the 
financial year, other than in the event of a change in control or by mutual agreement.

Mr Fenn is eligible to participate in the annual LTI plan and the value of the award is 100% of fixed remuneration 
calculated using the volume weighted average price after each year’s half yearly results announcement.
Mr Fenn’s performance requirements have been described in section 6.4.
In the event of a change of control, providing at least 12 months of a grant’s performance period have elapsed, 
unvested shares and performance rights pro rated with the elapsed service period are tested for vesting with 
performance against the relevant hurdles for that period and vest, as appropriate. Shares that have already been 
tested, have met performance requirements and are subject to the completion of the service condition, fully vest.

Mr Fenn can resign:
a)  By providing six months’ written notice; or
b)   Immediately in circumstances where there is a fundamental change in his role or responsibilities. In these 

circumstances, Mr Fenn is entitled to a payment in lieu of 12 months’ notice.

Immediately for misconduct or other circumstances justifying summary dismissal; or

Downer can terminate Mr Fenn’s employment:
a) 
b)  By providing 12 months’ written notice.
When notice is required, Downer can make a payment in lieu of notice of all or part of any notice period 
(calculated based on Mr Fenn’s fixed annual remuneration).
If Mr Fenn resigns because ill health prevents him from continuing his duties, he will receive a payment in 
recognition of his past services equivalent to 12 months’ fixed remuneration. At the discretion of the Board, his 
shares under the LTI plan may also vest.
If Downer terminates Mr Fenn’s employment on account of redundancy, in addition to the notice (or payment in 
lieu of notice) required to be given by Downer, Mr Fenn will receive a payment in recognition of his past services 
equivalent to 12 months’ fixed remuneration.
If Mr Fenn resigns he will be subject to a six-month post-employment restraint in certain areas where the Downer 
Group operates, where he is restricted from working for competitive businesses.

Other

The agreement contains provisions regarding leave entitlements, duties, confidentiality, intellectual property, 
moral rights and other facilitative and ancillary clauses. It also contains provisions regarding corporate 
governance and a provision dealing with the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) limits on termination benefits to be 
made to Mr Fenn.

Annual Report 2017  43

10. Related party information

10.1 Transactions with other related parties
Transactions entered into during the year with Directors of Downer EDI Limited and the Group are within normal employee, customer 
or supplier relationships on terms and conditions no more favourable than dealings in the same circumstances on an arm’s length 
basis and include:
 – the receipt of dividends from Downer EDI Limited;
 – participation in the Long Term Incentive Plan;
 – terms and conditions of employment; and
 – reimbursement of expenses.

A number of Directors of the Company hold directorships in other entities. Several of these entities transacted with the Group on terms 
and conditions no more favourable than those available on an arm’s length basis.

11.  Description of Non-executive Director remuneration

11.1  Non-executive Director remuneration policy
Downer’s Non-executive Director remuneration policy is to provide fair remuneration that is sufficient to attract and retain Directors 
with the experience, knowledge, skills and judgement to steward the Company.
There has been no change to the level of Non-executive Director fees since the prior reporting period and there will be no changes in 
the 2018 financial year.
Fees for Non-executive Directors are fixed and are not linked to the financial performance of the Company. The Board believes this is 
necessary for Non-executive Directors to maintain their independence.
Shareholders approved an annual aggregate cap of $2.0 million for Non-executive Director fees at the 2008 AGM. The allocation of 
fees to Non-executive Directors within this cap has been determined after consideration of a number of factors, including the time 
commitment of Directors, the size and scale of the Company’s operations, the skill sets of Board members, the quantum of fees paid to 
Non-executive Directors of comparable companies and participation in Board Committee work.
The basis of fees and the fee pool are reviewed when new Directors are appointed to the Board, when the structure of the Board 
changes, or at least every three years. Reference is made to individual Non-executive Director fee levels and workload (i.e. number of 
meetings and the number of Directors) at comparably sized companies from all industries other than the financial services sector, and 
the fee pools at these companies. In addition, an assessment is made on the extent of flexibility provided by the fee pool to recruit any 
additional Directors for planned succession after allocation of fees to existing Directors.
The Chairman receives a base fee of $375,000 per annum (inclusive of all Committee fees) plus superannuation. The other 
Non-executive Directors each receive a base fee of $150,000 per annum plus superannuation. Additional fees are paid for Committee 
duties: $35,000 for the chair of the Audit & Risk Committee; and $15,000 for the chair of each of the Zero Harm Committee, 
Remuneration Committee, Rail Projects Committee and Tender Risk Evaluation Committee.
Under his original terms of appointment in 2001, John Humphrey was eligible for certain retirement benefits. Consistent with the 
ASX Corporate Governance Council’s Corporate Governance Principles and Recommendations, the right to these retirement benefits 
was frozen and fully provided for in the financial statements. Other Non-executive Directors are not entitled to retirement benefits. 
All Non-executive Directors are entitled to payment of statutory superannuation entitlements in addition to Directors’ fees.

44  Downer EDI Limited

Directors’ Report – continuedfor the year ended 30 June 201711.2  Non-executive Directors’ remuneration
The table below sets out the remuneration paid to Non-executive Directors for the 2017 and 2016 financial years.

Short-term benefits

Post-employment benefits

Board fee
$

Chair fee
$

Total fees
$

Superannuation
$

Termination
benefits
$

375,000
375,000
150,000
150,000
150,000
150,000
114,454
–
150,000
150,000
51,359
150,000
150,000
150,000

–
–
35,000
35,000
15,000
15,000
11,250
–
11,250
15,000
–
–
18,750
15,000

375,000
375,000
185,000
185,000
165,000
165,000
125,704
–
161,250
165,000
51,359
150,000
168,750
165,000

35,625
35,000
17,575
17,575
15,675
15,675
11,942
–
15,319
15,675
8,466
14,250
16,031
15,675

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
185,000
–
–
 –

Year

2017
2016
2017
2016
2017
2016
2017
2016
2017
2016
2017
2016
2017
2016

Total
$

410,625
410,000
202,575
202,575
180,675
180,675
137,646
–
176,569
180,675
244,825
164,250
184,781
180,675

R M Harding

S A Chaplain

P S Garling

T G Handicott

E A Howell

J S Humphrey

C G Thorne

11.3  Equity held by Non-executive Directors
The table below sets out the equity in Downer held by Non-executive Directors for the 2017 and 2016 financial years.

2017

2016

Balance at
 1 July 2016

Net 
change

Balance at
 30 June 2017

Balance at
1 July 2015

Net 
change

Balance at
30 June 2016

R M Harding
S A Chaplain
P S Garling
E A Howell
T G Handicott
C G Thorne

10,150
74,142
12,100
10,000
–
59,230

4,060
29,657
4,840
4,000
14,000
23,692

14,210
103,799
16,940
14,000
14,000
82,922

10,150
64,142
12,100
10,000
–
59,230

–
10,000
–
–
–
–

10,150
74,142
12,100
10,000
–
59,230

Signed in accordance with a resolution of the Directors made pursuant to section 298(2) of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth). 

On behalf of the Directors

R M Harding  
Chairman
Sydney, 29 August 2017 

Annual Report 2017  45

Auditor’s Independence Declaration

46  Downer EDI Limited

    KPMG, an Australian partnership and a member firm of the KPMG network of independent member firms affiliated with KPMG International Cooperative (“KPMG International”), a Swiss entity. Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation.   LEAD AUDITOR’S INDEPENDENCE DECLARATION UNDER SECTION 307C OF THE CORPORATIONS ACT 2001 To: the directors of Downer EDI Limited I declare that, to the best of my knowledge and belief, in relation to the audit for the financial year ended 30 June 2017 there have been: (i) no contraventions of the auditor independence requirements as set out in the Corporations Act 2001 in relation to the audit; and (ii) no contraventions of any applicable code of professional conduct in relation to the audit.    KPMG    John Teer    Partner    Sydney     29 August 2017        Independent Auditor’s Report
for the year ended 30 June 2017

Annual Report 2017  47

   KPMG, an Australian partnership and a member firm of the KPMG network of independent member firms affiliated with KPMG International Cooperative (“KPMG International”), a Swiss entity. Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation.    INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT   To the Members of Downer EDI Limited   REPORT ON THE FINANCIAL REPORT  Opinion   We have audited the Financial Report of Downer EDI Limited (the Company).  In our opinion, the accompanying Financial Report of the Company is in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, including: • giving a true and fair view of the Group’s financial position as at 30 June 2017 and of its financial performance for the year ended on that date; and • complying with Australian Accounting Standards and the Corporations Regulations 2001.  The Financial Report comprises:  • Consolidated Statement of financial position as at 30 June 2017 • Consolidated Statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income, Consolidated Statement of changes in equity, and Consolidated Statement of cash flows for the year then ended • Notes including a summary of significant accounting policies • Directors’ Declaration. The Group consists of the Company and the entities it controlled at the year-end or from time to time during the financial year. Basis for opinion  We conducted our audit in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the Financial Report section of our report.  We are independent of the Group in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001 and the ethical requirements of the Accounting Professional and Ethical Standards Board’s APES 110 Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants (the Code) that are relevant to our audit of the Financial Report in Australia. We have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with the Code.  Key audit matters The Key audit matters we identified are: • Recognition of revenue • Value of goodwill • Acquisition of controlled entities Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in our audit of the Financial Report of the current period. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the Financial Report as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters. Key audit matter How our audit addressed the key audit matter Recognition of revenue Refer to Note B2 ‘Revenue and other income’. ($7,287.4m). A substantial amount of the Group’s revenue relates to revenue from the rendering of services and construction contracts. Where these services and/or contracts have a long-term duration, revenue and margin are recognised based on the stage of completion of individual contracts. This is predominantly calculated on the proportion of total costs incurred at the reporting date compared to management’s estimation of total costs of the contract. We focussed on these types of contracts due to the high level of estimation involved, in particular relating to: • Forecasting total cost to complete at initiation of the contract, including the estimation of cost contingencies for contracting risks; • Revisions to total forecast costs for certain events or conditions that occur during the performance of the contract, or are expected to occur to complete the contract; and • The recognition of variations and claims, based on an assessment by the Group as to whether it is Our procedures included:  • We evaluated the Group’s process regarding accounting for contract revenues. We tested controls such as: - the authorisation of monthly project valuations, which involves management assessing key contract KPIs, including cashflows;  - management’s assessment of significant changes in work in progress balances; - management’s assessment of project unapproved variations and claims, and responses to project risk ratings;  - the review and approval of bid information including estimated project milestones, projected Earnings Before Interest and Tax (EBIT), Net Present Value (NPV), Return On Funds Employed (ROFE) and any potential legal identified by the Group risk and legal team, as prescribed in the Group’s risk management process;  • We undertook a sample of site visits (to both contract sites and commercial offices) across the Group’s major divisions and Independent Auditor’s Report – continued
for the year ended 30 June 2017

48  Downer EDI Limited

   KPMG, an Australian partnership and a member firm of the KPMG network of independent member firms affiliated with KPMG International Cooperative (“KPMG International”), a Swiss entity. Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation.   probable that the amount will be approved by the customer and therefore recovered.   We focused on this area as a key audit matter due to the number and type of estimation events that may occur over the course of the contract life, leading to complex and judgemental revenue recognition from contracts.     geographies to obtain a detailed understanding of the Group’s contract processes, their consistent application, and to understand the variety of risk elements of the contracts;  • We used data analytic routines to select a sample of contracts for testing based on a number of quantitative and qualitative factors. These factors included contracts with significant deterioration in margin, significant variations and claims, and factors which indicated to us that a greater level of judgement was required by the Group when assessing the revenue recognition based on the estimates developed for current and forecast contract performance. For the sample selected, where relevant: - we read the contract terms and conditions to evaluate whether the individual characteristics of each contract were reflected in the estimate; - we assessed the estimation of costs to complete by checking key forecast cost assumptions to underlying evidence such as Enterprise Bargaining Agreements for wage rates, previous purchase invoices for parts, historical costs for maintenance events and agreements with subcontractors;  - we assessed the Group’s ability to forecast margins on contracts by analysing the accuracy of previous margin forecasts to actual outcomes;   - we tested the variations and claims both within contract revenue and contract costs to underlying documentation, such as timesheets, correspondence with customers and independent time and cost claim experts (where applicable) for consistency and appropriateness with contract terms; - we evaluated the Group’s legal and external experts’ reports received on contentious matters to identify conditions that may indicate the inappropriate recognition of variations and claims. We checked the consistency of this to the inclusion or not of an amount in the estimates used for revenue recognition;   - for contracts that had significant variation and claim elements, we used our major project specialists to evaluate the claim elements for risk of non-recovery. Our major projects specialists have significant experience and credentials to advise on project management matters; and - we evaluated significant exposures to liquidated damages for late delivery of contract works by assessing the variation registers, which track the nature, quantum and status of current exposures. Value of goodwill Refer to C7 ‘Intangible assets’ ($2,607.3m). The Group’s Cash Generating Units (CGUs) are subject to the cyclical nature of service and infrastructure spend in the sectors in which those CGUs operate. Some of these sectors have experienced the impacts of reductions in capital expenditure, constrained government spending, cost reduction mandates, project cancellations and deferrals, along with volatile commodity prices. Changes in those sectors impact the business activity for the Group’s CGUs and the resulting forecast cash flows used in the Group’s value in use models. Given these changes, the value of goodwill was a key audit matter.  Our procedures included:  • We evaluated the Group’s goodwill impairment assessment process and tested controls such as the review and approval of forecasts by management; • We assessed the Group’s determination of the Group’s CGUs or groups of CGUs based on our understanding of the nature of the Group’s business units. We compared this to the internal reporting of the Group to assess how earnings are monitored and reported; • We obtained the Group’s value in use models and checked amounts to a combination of the FY18 budget and the FY19-FY20 business plan. Annual Report 2017  49

   KPMG, an Australian partnership and a member firm of the KPMG network of independent member firms affiliated with KPMG International Cooperative (“KPMG International”), a Swiss entity. Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation.   Other conditions giving rise to our focus on this area included the significant level of judgement in respect of factors such as: • The determination of CGUs or groups of CGUs; • Budgeted future revenue and costs; • Discount rates;  • Terminal growth rate; and • The outcome of tenders.   The Group has identified the Mining CGU as having sensitivity to impairment due the fact that a reasonably possible change in projected cash flows could result in the carrying value of the CGU exceeding their recoverable amount.     • Key inputs to the value in use models included forecast revenue, costs, capital expenditure, discount rates and terminal growth rates. We challenged these inputs by comparing the key market based assumptions to external analyst reports, published industry growth rates and industry reports. We compared forecasts to historical costs incurred or margins on similar projects. We also assessed the inclusion of key ongoing revenue contracts by comparing the margins in the impairment model to historical contract margins and for current tenders we assessed the probability weighting and margins based on our understanding of the business; • We assessed the accuracy of previous Group forecasting to inform our evaluation of forecasts included in the value in use model. We applied increased scepticism to current period forecasts in areas where previous forecasts were not achieved and/or where future uncertainty is greater or volatility is expected;  • We involved our valuation specialists, for those CGUs with a higher risk of impairment, to recalculate the Group’s discount rates based on its business and its industry. Valuation specialists were also involved in assessing the value in use model for valuation methodology, including the treatment of assumptions for capital expenditure, working capital, terminal value and the net present value calculation;  • We performed sensitivity analysis on all CGUs in two main areas, being the discount rate and terminal growth rate assumptions. For the CGUs with a higher risk of impairment we  performed a range of sensitivity analyses including the discount rate and terminal growth rate assumptions, revenue growth and cost savings targets set by management, as well as probability adjusting the outcomes of key tenders;  • We assessed the allocation of corporate overheads and assets to CGUs by comparing the allocation methodology to our understanding of the business and industry;  • We assessed the Group’s disclosures of the quantitative and qualitative considerations in relation to the valuation of goodwill, by comparing these disclosures to our understanding of the matter. Acquisition of controlled entities  Refer to F2 ‘Acquisition of businesses’ ($779.3m).During the year the Group purchased controlling interests in a number of businesses/entities. These acquisitions have been accounted for as business combinations and in a number of cases the acquisition accounting remains provisional at year end.  Accounting for the purchase of controlling interests is a Key Audit Matter due to the: • Aggregated size of the acquisitions; • Complexity of the acquisition process, specifically for Spotless Group Holdings Limited (Spotless), and the resultant large volume of documentation requiring our assessment; • Early status of the acquisition accounting for certain of the transactions, which remain provisional at year end. This increases the possible range of outcomes for the auditor to consider and is impacted by the reduced precision of audit evidence; and Our procedures included: • We read the Bidders Statement and Sale and Purchase Agreements (as applicable) to understand key terms and conditions; • We evaluated the methodology used for the acquisition accounting against accounting standard requirements and common industry practice for the determination of fair value; • We challenged key assumptions in the Group’s intangible valuation models by comparing these inputs to market data, historic and current entity records, and strategic plans; • Working with our valuation specialists, we challenged the discount rate assumptions used in the purchase price allocation by comparing the rates used by the Group against external market reports; • We compared fair value adjustments for working capital to signed agreements;  Independent Auditor’s Report – continued
for the year ended 30 June 2017

50  Downer EDI Limited

   KPMG, an Australian partnership and a member firm of the KPMG network of independent member firms affiliated with KPMG International Cooperative (“KPMG International”), a Swiss entity. Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation.   • Significance of the estimation required to determine the fair values of acquired assets and liabilities under the accounting standards, for those transactions where the acquisition accounting has been finalised. We focused on assessing the basis for the estimations against the allowed criteria in the accounting standards to determine fair value and the documentation available from the Group to date. For those acquisitions where the purchase accounting has been completed the key inputs to the valuations were forecast assumptions relating to revenue, operating costs, the impact of contributory assets, the fair value of contingent consideration and discount rates. • For contingent consideration (where applicable) we challenged the Group’s assumptions of forecast future performance by comparing inputs to strategic plans and historic growth rates, comparing the model used to the sale and purchase agreement and assessing the mathematical accuracy of the model used; • We assessed the accounting treatment of post-acquisition payments to vendors against the Sale and Purchase Agreement and criteria contained in the relevant accounting standards;  • We compared the acquired company’s accounting policies against the Group’s policies; and We assessed the adequacy of the Group’s disclosures in respect of the acquisitions against the requirements of accounting standards and our knowledge of the transactions. Other Information Other Information is financial and non-financial information in Downer EDI Limited’s annual reporting which is provided in addition to the Financial Report and the Auditor's Report.  The Directors are responsible for the Other Information.  Our opinion on the Financial Report does not cover the Other Information and, accordingly, we do not express an audit opinion or any form of assurance conclusion thereon, with the exception of the Remuneration Report and our related assurance opinions. In connection with our audit of the Financial Report, our responsibility is to read the Other Information. In doing so, we consider whether the Other Information is materially inconsistent with the Financial Report or our knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. We are required to report if we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this Other Information, and based on the work we have performed on the Other Information that we obtained prior to the date of this Auditor’s Report we have nothing to report. Responsibilities of the Directors for the Financial Report The Directors are responsible for: • preparing the Financial Report that gives a true and fair view in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards and the Corporations Act 2001 • implementing necessary internal control to enable the preparation of a Financial Report that gives a true and fair view and is free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error • assessing the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern. This includes disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless they either intend to liquidate the Group or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so. Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the Financial Report Our objective is: • to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the Financial Report as a whole is free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error; and  • to issue an Auditor’s Report that includes our opinion.  Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error. They are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of this Financial Report. A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the Financial Report is located at the Auditing and Assurance Standards Board website at: http://www.auasb.gov.au/auditors_files/ar2.pdf.  This description forms part of our Auditor’s Report.    Annual Report 2017  51

   KPMG, an Australian partnership and a member firm of the KPMG network of independent member firms affiliated with KPMG International Cooperative (“KPMG International”), a Swiss entity. Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation.   REPORT ON THE REMUNERATION REPORT  Opinion In our opinion, the Remuneration Report of Downer EDI Limited for the year ended 30 June 2017, complies with Section 300A of the Corporations Act 2001. Directors’ responsibilities The Directors of the Company are responsible for the preparation and presentation of the Remuneration Report in accordance with Section 300A of the Corporations Act 2001. Our responsibilities We have audited the Remuneration Report included in pages 20 to 45 of the Directors’ report for the year ended 30 June 2017.Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Remuneration Report, based on our audit conducted in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards.     KPMG                                              John Teer   Cameron Slapp Partner    Partner  Sydney    Sydney 29 August 2017   29 August 2017             Financial Statements

Page 53 
Page 54 
Page 55 
Page 56 

 Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income 
 Consolidated Statement of Financial Position 
  Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity 
  Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements 

A

B

C

D

E

F

About this  
report

Business 
performance

Operating assets 
and liabilities

Employee 
benefits 

Capital structure  
and financing

Group 
structure

G

Other 

Page 57-58

Page 59 -67

Page 68-76

Page 77

Page 78-86

Page 87-96

Page 97-107

D1
Employee benefits

E1
Borrowings 

F1
Joint arrangements 
and associate 
entities

G1
New accounting 
standards

D2
Key management 
personnel 
compensation

E2
Financing facilities

F2
Acquisition of 
businesses

G2
Capital and financial 
risk management

D3
Employee discount 
share plan

E3
Commitments 

F3
Disposal of 
subsidiary

G3
Other financial 
assets and liabilities

E4
Issued capital

F4
Controlled entities

E5
Reserves 

E6
Dividends

F5
Related party 
information

F6
Parent entity 
disclosures

B1
Segment 
information

C1
Reconciliation 
of cash and 
cash equivalents

B2
Profit from ordinary 
activities

C2
Trade and other 
receivables 

B3
Earnings per share 

B4
Taxation

B5
Remuneration 
of auditors

B6
Subsequent events

C3
Rendering of 
services and 
construction 
contracts

C4
Inventories 

C5
Trade and other 
payables

C6
Property, plant 
and equipment 

C7
Intangible assets

C8
Provisions

C9
Contingent 
liabilities

Page 108  Directors’ Declaration 

52  Downer EDI Limited

Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income
for the year ended 30 June 2017 

Revenue from ordinary activities
Other income
Total revenue and other income

Employee benefits expense
Subcontractor costs
Raw materials and consumables used
Plant and equipment costs
Depreciation and amortisation 
Other expenses from ordinary activities 
Total expenses

Share of net profit of joint ventures and associates

Earnings before interest and tax

Finance income
Finance costs
Net finance costs

Profit before income tax
Income tax expense
Profit after income tax

Profit for the year is attributable to:
 – Non-controlling interest
 – Members of the parent entity
Profit for the year

Other comprehensive income

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss
 – Exchange differences arising on translation of foreign operations
 – Net loss on foreign currency forward contracts taken to equity
 – Net loss on cross currency and interest rate swaps taken to equity
 – Income tax relating to components of other comprehensive income
 – Change in fair value of available-for-sale assets
 – Available-for-sale reserve transferred to profit or loss
Other comprehensive (loss) / income for the year (net of tax)

Other comprehensive income for the year is attributable to:
 – Non-controlling interest
 – Members of the parent entity
Other comprehensive (loss) / income for the year

Total comprehensive income for the year

Earnings per share (cents)(i)
 – Basic earnings per share
 – Diluted earnings per share

Note

B2(a)
B2(a)

D1

C6,C7

F1(a)

B4(a)

2017
$’m 

 7,267.1 
20.3 
 7,287.4 

(2,787.3)
(1,740.8)
(1,357.0)
(502.8)
(220.2)
(424.0)
(7,032.1)

22.5 

 277.8 

 14.4 
(41.2)
(26.8)

 251.0 
(69.5)
 181.5 

–
 181.5 
 181.5 

0.4 
(1.9)
(2.6)
0.9 
18.3 
(19.1)
(4.0)

–
(4.0)
(4.0)

2016
$’m

 6,846.2 
3.8 
 6,850.0 

(2,758.6)
(1,455.2)
(1,174.8)
(580.2)
(258.7)
(363.3)
(6,590.8)

17.7 

 276.9 

 7.2 
(40.2)
(33.0)

 243.9 
(63.3)
 180.6 

–
 180.6 
 180.6 

9.4 
(2.5)
(0.8)
1.0 
–
–
7.1 

–
 7.1 
 7.1 

 177.5 

 187.7 

B3
B3

 35.8 
 35.0 

Restated (i)
 38.0 
 35.9 

(i)  2016 Earnings per share calculation has been restated to allow for the impact of the capital raising announced on 21 March 2017. Refer to Note B3.

The consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income should be read in conjunction with the accompanying 
notes on pages 57 to 107.

Annual Report 2017  53

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position
as at 30 June 2017

ASSETS
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents 
Trade and other receivables
Other financial assets
Inventories
Current tax assets
Prepayments and other assets
Total current assets

Non-current assets
Trade and other receivables
Interest in joint ventures and associates
Property, plant and equipment
Intangible assets
Other financial assets
Deferred tax assets
Prepayments and other assets
Total non-current assets
Total assets

LIABILITIES
Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Borrowings
Other financial liabilities
Employee benefits provision
Provisions 
Current tax liabilities
Total current liabilities

Non-current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Borrowings
Other financial liabilities
Employee benefits provision
Provisions 
Deferred tax liabilities
Total non-current liabilities
Total liabilities
Net assets

EQUITY
Issued capital
Reserves
Retained earnings
Parent interests
Non-controlling interest
Total equity

Note

C1(b)
C2
G3
C4

F1(a)
C6
C7
G3
B4(b)

C5
E1
G3
D1
C8

E1
G3
D1
C8
B4(b)

E4
E5

30 June
2017
$’m 

30 June
2016
$’m 

 844.6 
 1,725.7 
 12.5 
 301.7 
 45.5 
 49.5 
 2,979.5

 105.6 
 88.0 
 1,295.2
2,878.9
 17.1 
59.4 
 31.7 
4,475.9 
7,455.4 

 1,761.0 
 863.2 
 23.8 
 365.4 
 68.0 
7.2
3,088.6

30.6 
 581.8 
 21.7 
 38.2 
 51.8 
56.2 
 780.3 
 3,868.9
 3,586.5 

 2,421.8 
(10.9)
 740.4 
 3,151.3 
 435.2 
 3,586.5 

 569.4 
 1,124.3 
 10.1 
 327.2 
46.3 
 38.2 
 2,115.5 

 17.3 
 81.6 
 988.3 
 969.9 
 22.1 
–
 5.6 
 2,084.8 
 4,200.3 

 1,010.9 
 45.5 
 15.1 
 254.2 
 51.6 
 0.5 
 1,377.8 

 12.7 
 604.5 
 0.7 
 27.6 
 30.8 
 57.7 
 734.0 
 2,111.8 
 2,088.5 

 1,427.8 
(8.8)
 669.5 
 2,088.5 
–
 2,088.5 

The consolidated statement of financial position should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes on pages 57 to 107.

54  Downer EDI Limited

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
for the year ended 30 June 2017

2017
$’m

Balance at 1 July 2016
Profit after income tax
Other comprehensive income for the year 
(net of tax)
Total comprehensive income for the year

Capital raising  
(net of transaction costs and tax) (i)
Acquisition of business (ii)
Vested executive incentive share 
transactions
Share-based employee benefits expense
Income tax relating to share-based 
transactions during the year 
Payment of dividends(iii)
Balance at 30 June 2017

Issued capital

Reserves

Retained 
earnings

Attributable 
to owners of 
the parent

Non-
controlling 
interest

1,427.8 
–

–
–

993.0 
–

1.0 
–

–
–
2,421.8 

(8.8)
–

(4.0)
(4.0)

–
–

(1.0)
5.6 

(2.7)
–
(10.9)

669.5 
181.5 

–
181.5 

–
–

–
–

–
(110.6)
740.4 

2,088.5 
181.5 

(4.0)
177.5 

993.0 
–

–
5.6 

(2.7)
(110.6)
3,151.3 

–
–

–
–

–
435.2 

–
–

–
–
435.2 

(i)  Relates to capital raising for the Spotless takeover bid. Refer to Note E4. 
(ii)  Non-controlling interest as a result of Spotless acquisition. Refer to Note F2. 
(iii)  Payment of dividends relates to 2016 final dividend, 2017 interim dividend and ROADS dividends paid during the financial year. 

2016
$’m

Balance at 1 July 2015
Profit after income tax 
Other comprehensive income for the year 
(net of tax)
Total comprehensive income for the year

Group on-market share buy-back
Vested executive incentive share 
transactions
Share-based employee benefits expense
Income tax relating to share-based 
transactions during the year
Payment of dividends(i)
Balance at 30 June 2016

Issued 
capital

1,449.1 
–

–
–

(26.5)

5.2 
–

–
–
1,427.8 

Retained 
earnings

Attributable 
to owners of 
the parent

Non-
controlling 
interest

Reserves

(15.8)
–

7.1 
7.1 

–

(5.2)
4.9 

0.2 
–
(8.8)

602.0 
180.6 

–
180.6 

–

–
–

2,035.3 
180.6 

7.1 
187.7 

(26.5)

–
4.9 

–
(113.1)
669.5 

0.2 
(113.1)
2,088.5 

–
–

–
–

–

–
–

–
–
–

Total

2,088.5 
181.5 

(4.0)
177.5 

993.0 
435.2 

–
5.6 

(2.7)
(110.6)
3,586.5 

Total

2,035.3 
180.6 

7.1 
187.7 

(26.5)

–
4.9 

0.2 
(113.1)
2,088.5 

(i)  Payment of dividends relates to 2015 final dividend, 2016 interim dividend and ROADS dividends paid during the financial year.

The consolidated statement of changes in equity should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes on pages 57 to 107.

Annual Report 2017  55

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
for the year ended 30 June 2017

Cash flows from operating activities
Receipts from customers
Distributions from equity accounted investees
Payments to suppliers and employees
Interest received
Interest and other costs of finance paid
Income tax paid
Net cash inflow from operating activities 

Cash flows from investing activities
Net proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment
Payments for property, plant and equipment
Payments for intangible assets
Payments for acquisition of Spotless
Payments for businesses acquired
Receipts from investments 
Advances from / (to) joint ventures
Proceeds from sale of businesses
Net cash used in investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities
Net proceeds from capital raising
Group on-market share buy-back
Proceeds from borrowings 
Repayments of borrowings
Dividends paid
Net cash inflow from / (used in) financing activities

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year
Effect of exchange rate changes
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

Note

F1(a)

C1(a)

F2
F2

E4
E4

2017
$’m 

2016
$’m

7,957.7 
17.9 
(7,462.0)
11.4 
(34.4)
(49.0)
441.6 

23.2 
(203.6)
(37.9)
(636.1)
(143.2)
0.6 
1.2 
 – 
(995.8)

989.9 
 – 
321.2 
(370.0)
(110.6)
830.5

276.3
569.4 
(1.1)
844.6 

7,615.0 
18.6 
(7,123.4)
6.8 
(33.3)
(35.9)
447.8 

20.4 
(185.7)
(45.4)
 – 
(1.1)
0.6 
(1.5)
7.2 
(205.5)

 – 
(26.5)
173.8 
(80.0)
(113.1)
(45.8)

196.5 
372.2 
0.7 
569.4 

The consolidated statement of cash flows should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes on pages 57 to 107.

56  Downer EDI Limited

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the year ended 30 June 2017

A

About this report

Statement of compliance
These financial statements represent the consolidated results 
of Downer EDI Limited (ABN 97 003 872 848). The consolidated 
Financial Report (Financial Report) is a general purpose 
financial statement which has been prepared in accordance 
with Australian Accounting Standards (AASBs) adopted by 
the Australian Accounting Standards Board (AASB) and the 
Corporations Act 2001 (Cth). The Financial Report complies with 
International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) adopted by 
the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB).

The Financial Report was authorised for issue by the Board of 
Directors on 29 August 2017.  

Rounding of amounts
Downer is a company of the kind referred to in ASIC 
Corporations (Rounding in Financial/Directors’ reports) 
Instrument 2016/191, relating to the “rounding off” of amounts 
in the Directors’ Report and consolidated financial statements. 
Unless otherwise expressly stated, amounts have been rounded 
off to the nearest whole number of millions of dollars and one 
place of decimals representing hundreds of thousands of 
dollars in accordance with that Instrument. Amounts shown 
as $- represent amounts less than $50,000 which have 
been rounded down.

Basis of preparation
The Financial Report has been prepared on a historical cost 
basis, except for the revaluation of certain financial instruments. 
Cost is based on the fair values of the consideration given in 
exchange for assets. All amounts are presented in Australian 
dollars, unless otherwise noted.

The accounting policies and methods of computation in the 
preparation of the Financial Report are consistent with those 
adopted and disclosed in Downer’s Annual Report for the 
financial year ended 30 June 2016, except in relation to the 
relevant amendments and their effects on the current period or 
prior periods as described in Note G1.

From 27 June 2017 the Group’s ownership interest in Spotless 
Group Holdings Limited (Spotless) exceeded 50%, resulting 
in the Group obtaining control. As a consequence of control 
being achieved in close proximity to the financial year end, 
the Directors have concluded that Spotless’ profit or loss and 
cash flow impact for the three days to 30 June 2017 is not 
material to the Downer Group, and therefore have commenced 
the consolidation of Spotless with effect from 30 June 2017. 
As a result, the consolidated profit or loss and consolidated 
cash flow of the Group for the year ended 30 June 2017 do not 
include any trading performance for Spotless.

For the purposes of the 30 June 2017 financial report, Downer 
holds a relevant interest of 65.7% (Refer to Note F2).

Accounting estimates and judgements
Preparation of the Financial Report requires management to 
make judgements, estimates and assumptions about future 
events. Information on material estimates and judgements 
considered when applying the accounting policies can be found 
in the following notes:

Accounting estimates and judgements 

Note 

Page

Revenue recognition

Recovery of deferred tax assets

Income taxes

Capitalisation of tender / bid costs

Useful lives and residual values 

Impairment of assets

Provisions

Annual leave and long service leave

Accounting for acquisition of businesses

B2

B4

B4

C2

C6

C7

C8

D1

F2

62

66

66

69

71

73

75

77

93

Significant accounting policies
Accounting policies are selected and applied in a manner that 
ensures that the resulting financial information satisfies the 
concepts of relevance and reliability, thereby ensuring that the 
substance of the underlying transactions or other events is 
reported. Other significant accounting policies are contained in 
the notes to the Financial Report to which they relate.

(i) Principles of consolidation
The Financial Report incorporates the financial statements 
of the Company and entities controlled by the Group and its 
subsidiaries. The Group controls an entity when it is exposed 
to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with 
the entity and has the ability to affect those returns from its 
involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those 
returns through its power over the entity.

The Financial Report includes the information and results 
of each subsidiary from the date on which the Company 
obtains control and until such time as the Company ceases to 
control such entity.

In preparing the Financial Report, all intercompany balances 
and transactions, and unrealised profits arising within the 
consolidated entity, are eliminated in full.

Annual Report 2017  57

 
A. About this report – continued

(ii) Foreign currency
Transactions, assets and liabilities denominated in foreign 
currencies are translated into Australian dollars at reporting date 
using the following applicable exchange rates:

Foreign currency amount 

Applicable exchange rate

Transactions 

Date of transaction

Monetary assets and liabilities Reporting date

Non-monetary assets and 
liabilities carried at fair value 

Date fair value is determined

Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from translation are 
recognised in the statement of profit or loss, except for qualifying 
cash flow hedges which are deferred to equity.

On consolidation the assets, liabilities, income and expenses of 
foreign operations are translated into Australian dollars using the 
following applicable exchange rates:

Foreign currency amount 

Applicable exchange rate

Income and expenses 

Average exchange rate

Assets and liabilities 

Reporting date

Equity

Reserves 

Historical date

Reporting date

Foreign exchange differences resulting from translation are 
initially recognised in the foreign currency translation reserve 
and subsequently transferred to the profit or loss on disposal of 
the foreign operation.

(iii) Finance and borrowing costs
Finance costs comprise interest expense on borrowings, cost to 
establish financing facilities (which are expensed over the term 
of the facility), losses on ineffective hedging instruments that are 
recognised in profit or loss and finance lease charges.

(iv) Available-for-sale financial assets
Available-for-sale financial assets are stated at fair value less 
impairment. Gains and losses arising from changes in fair value 
are recognised directly in the available-for-sale revaluation 
reserve, until the investment is disposed of or is determined 
to be impaired or control of an acquiree is obtained, at which 
time the cumulative gain or loss previously recognised in the 
available-for-sale revaluation reserve is included in the profit or 
loss for the year.

58  Downer EDI Limited

Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continuedfor the year ended 30 June 2017B

Business performance

This section provides the information that is most relevant to understanding the financial performance of the Group during the 
financial year and, where relevant, the accounting policies applied and the critical judgements and estimates made.

B1. Segment information
B2. Profit from ordinary activities
B3. Earnings per share

B1. Segment information 

Identification of reportable segments
An operating segment is a component of an entity that engages 
in business activities from which it may earn revenue and incur 
expenses, whose operating results are regularly reviewed by the 
Group’s chief operating decision maker in order to effectively 
allocate Group resources and assess performance.
The Group has identified its operating segments based on the 
internal reports that are reviewed and used by the Group CEO 
in assessing performance and in determining the allocation 
of resources. The operating segments are identified by the 
Group based on the nature of the services provided. Discrete 
financial information about each of these operating businesses is 
reported to the Group CEO on a recurring basis.

B4. Taxation
B5. Remuneration of auditors
B6. Subsequent events

The reportable segments are based on a combination of operating 
segments determined by the similarity of the services provided, and 
the sources of the Group’s major risks that could therefore have 
the greatest effect on the rates of return. Downer has determined 
that reportable segments are best represented as service lines.
During the period, and as a consequence of realigning business 
portfolios due to the Spotless transaction, the Group CEO 
is now assessing the performance of the Technology and 
Communications and Utilities Services operating segments 
together and therefore, the Group has combined these reportable 
segments into a single segment: Utilities.

The reportable segments identified within the Group are outlined below:

Service line

Segment description 

Transport 

Utilities

Comprises the Group’s road, rail infrastructure, bridge, airport and port businesses and provides a broad range 
of transport infrastructure services including: earthworks; civil construction; asset management; maintenance; 
surfacing and stabilisation; supply of bituminous products and logistics; open space and facilities management; 
and rail track signalling and electrification works.

Comprises the Group’s power, gas, water, renewable energy and telecommunications businesses. This includes: 
planning, designing, constructing, operating, maintaining, managing and decommissioning power and gas network 
assets; providing complete water lifecycle solutions for municipal and industrial water users including pipeline 
bursting and civil maintenance; and design, build and maintenance services for wind farms, wind turbine sites 
and solar farms; as well as feasibility, design, civil construction, network construction, commissioning, testing, 
operations and maintenance across fibre, copper and radio networks as well as data centre services, automated 
ticketing and intelligent transport technology solutions.

Rail

Engineering, 
Construction 
and Maintenance 
(EC&M)

Provides total rail asset solutions including passenger and freight build, operations and maintenance, component 
overhauls and after-market services.
Provides design, engineering, construction and maintenance services for greenfield and brownfield projects 
across a range of sectors and all stages of the project lifecycle including: feasibility studies; engineering design; 
civil works; structural, mechanical and piping; electrical and instrumentation; mineral process equipment design 
and manufacture; commissioning; operations maintenance; shutdowns, turnarounds and outages; strategic asset 
management; and decommissioning.

Mining

Spotless 

Provides services across all stages of the mining lifecycle including: asset management; blasting services, explosive 
supply; civil projects; crushing; exploration drilling; mine closure and mine site rehabilitation; mobile plant maintenance; 
open cut mining; training and development for ATSI employees; tyre management; and underground mining.

Spotless operates in Australia and New Zealand and provides outsourced facility services, catering and laundry 
services, technical and engineering services, maintenance and asset management services and refrigeration 
solutions to various industries. The customers include corporations and government departments, agencies and 
authorities at the Federal, State and Municipal level.

Annual Report 2017  59

B1. Segment information – continued
2017
$’m

Transport

Utilities

Spotless

Rail

EC&M

Mining

Un-
allocated

Revenue 
Inter-segment sales
Total segment revenue 

Share of sales revenue from joint 
ventures and associates (i)
Total revenue including joint 
ventures and other income (i)

Share of net profit of joint  
ventures and associates
Depreciation and amortisation
Total reported segment 
results (EBIT) 

Net finance costs
Total profit before tax

Acquisition of segment assets 
Segment assets
Segment liabilities
Carrying value of equity  
accounted investees

2,091.1 
–
2,091.1 

1,517.3 
–
1,517.3 

62.3 

–

2,153.4 

1,517.3 

8.5 
40.6 

124.6 

–
21.6 

84.1 

–
–
–

–

–

–
–

–

467.1 
–
467.1 

1,974.2 
–
1,974.2 

1,250.8 
–
1,250.8 

19.8 
(32.9)
(13.1)

Total

7,320.3 
(32.9)
7,287.4 

383.1 

30.1 

49.4 

–

524.9 

850.2 

2,004.3 

1,300.2 

(13.1)

7,812.3 

11.7 
10.9 

(0.6)
15.3 

2.9 
116.4 

–
15.4 

22.5 
220.2 

30.3 

52.3 

83.4 

(96.9)

277.8 

(26.8)
251.0 

114.9 
1,080.3 
391.5 

56.5 
748.0 
405.8 

1,998.4 
2,621.4
1,406.5 

51.9 
572.1 
141.3 

95.5 
719.1 
413.4 

102.2 
836.3 
264.5 

37.0 
878.2
845.9

2,456.4
7,455.4 
3,868.9 

 10.0 

–

1.8 

 64.5 

 5.3 

 6.4 

–

88.0 

2016
$’m

Transport

Utilities

Spotless

Rail

EC&M

Mining

Un-
allocated

Revenue 
Inter-segment sales
Total segment revenue 

Share of sales revenue from joint 
ventures and associates (i)
Total revenue including joint 
ventures and other income (i)

Share of net profit of joint  
ventures and associates
Depreciation and amortisation
Total reported segment 
results (EBIT) 

Net finance costs
Total profit before tax

Acquisition of segment assets 
Segment assets
Segment liabilities
Carrying value of equity  
accounted investees

1,786.7 
– 
1,786.7 

1,274.3 
–
1,274.3 

62.8 

–

1,849.5 

1,274.3 

6.8 
39.7 

103.7

–
19.3 

71.4 

42.2 
957.2 
328.9 

25.8 
641.6 
257.8 

7.6 

–

–
–
–

–

–

–
–

–

–
–
–

–

421.8 
– 
421.8 

1,856.7 
– 
1,856.7 

1,548.9 
– 
1,548.9 

4.5 
(42.9)
(38.4)

Total

6,892.9 
(42.9)
6,850.0 

404.4 

30.4 

46.3 

– 

543.9 

826.2 

1,887.1 

1,595.2 

(38.4)

7,393.9 

6.3 
10.8 

14.4 

0.5 
18.2 

4.1 
153.6 

– 
17.1 

17.7 
258.7 

48.2

130.0 

(90.8)

276.9 

8.6 
604.1 
132.1 

20.5 
596.8 
326.0 

116.3 
872.3 
318.2 

54.3 
528.3 
748.8 

(33.0)
243.9 

267.7 
4,200.3 
2,111.8 

58.7 

5.9 

9.4 

– 

81.6 

(i)  This is a non-statutory disclosure as it relates to Downer’s share of revenue from equity accounted joint ventures and associates.

60  Downer EDI Limited

Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continuedfor the year ended 30 June 2017B1. Segment information – continued

Reconciliation of segment net operating profit to net profit after tax:

Segment net operating profit

Unallocated:
Spotless transaction costs (i)
Fair value gain on available-for-sale asset (ii)
Other income on available-for-sale asset (ii)
Bid costs written off (iii) (iv)
Settlement of contractual claims
Corporate costs
Total unallocated 

Earnings before interest and tax
Net finance costs
Profit before income tax
Income tax expense
Profit after income tax

Note 

B2(b)
B2(b)
B2(b)
B2(b)

B4(a)

Segment results 

2017
$’m 

374.7 

(15.2)
19.1 
0.7 
(13.0)
(5.0)
(83.5)
(96.9)

277.8 
(26.8)
251.0 
(69.5)
181.5 

2016
$’m 

367.7 

–
–
–
(13.0)
–
(77.8)
(90.8)

276.9 
(33.0)
243.9 
(63.3)
180.6 

(i)  Relates to costs incurred as a result of the Spotless take over offer. Refer to Note F2.
(ii) 
(iii)   Downer was a member of the Constellation Rail consortium. On 18 August 2016, the consortium was advised that it had not been successful in its bid to deliver and maintain 

 Relates to other income and revaluation of initial 19.99% investment in Spotless at $1.15 per share. 

the New Intercity Fleet (NIF) for Transport for NSW. Accordingly, an amount of $10.0 million, referable to Downer’s share of pre-tax bid costs, has been expensed. 
Downer was also a member of the Creative Learning consortium. On 17 January 2017, the consortium was advised that it had not been successful in its bid to design, 
construct and maintain the NZ Schools PPP project for the Ministry of Education. Accordingly, an amount of $3.0 million, referable to Downer’s share of pre-tax bid costs, 
has been expensed.

(iv)  Downer was a member of the ACTivate consortium. On 1 February 2016, the consortium was advised that it had not been successful in its bid to build, operate and maintain 
Canberra’s new light rail project (“Capital Metro”). Accordingly, an amount of $13.0 million, referable to Downer’s share of pre-tax bid costs had been expensed in 2016.

By geographic location(ii)
Australia
New Zealand and Pacific
Asia
Africa
South America
Other
Total

Total revenue(i) 

Segment assets

Acquisition of 
segment assets

2017
$’m 

2016
$’m 

2017
$’m 

2016
$’m 

2017
$’m 

5,704.8 
1,538.7 
–
29.2 
12.6 
2.1 
7,287.4 

5,502.7 
1,303.3 
1.3 
25.4 
14.3 
3.0 
6,850.0 

6,709.0 
686.9 
7.5 
36.4 
13.4 
2.2 
7,455.4

3,607.3 
546.0 
6.7 
21.3 
16.5 
2.5 
4,200.3 

2,351.9 
101.9 
–
1.2 
1.4 
–
2,456.4

2016
$’m 

238.2 
20.5 
–
4.9 
4.1 
–
267.7 

(i)  Total revenue includes other income and inter-segment sales, recorded at amounts equal to competitive market prices charged to external customers for similar goods 

or services.

(ii)   Revenue and assets are allocated based on geographical location of the legal entity. 

Annual Report 2017  61

 
These services are provided either under a fixed price service 
contract or a time and materials contract. Time and materials 
contract revenue is recognised at the contractual rates as labour 
hours are delivered and direct expenses are incurred. 

Other short-term service contracts are recognised when the 
services are completed in accordance with the terms of the 
contract. Service contracts that have a long-term duration 
are recognised in proportion to the stage of completion at 
balance sheet date.

(ii) Construction contracts 
Construction contracts are contracts specifically negotiated 
for the construction of an asset or combination of assets 
(including rail and infrastructure assets). Revenue is recognised 
in proportion to the stage of completion of the contract at 
balance sheet date. 

(iii) Sale of goods
Revenue is recognised when the significant risks and rewards of 
ownership of the goods have passed to the buyer. 

(iv) Other revenue 
Other revenue primarily includes rental income and government 
grants relating to research and development incentives received 
by the Group. The Group elects to present the net amount in 
“Other revenue” as allowed under AASB120 Accounting for 
Government grants and disclosure of Government assistance. 

Key estimate and judgement: 
Revenue recognition
Determining the stage of completion requires an estimate 
of expenses incurred to date as a percentage of total 
estimated costs. Where variations and claims are made 
to the contract, assumptions are made regarding the 
probability that the customer will approve the variations 
and claims and the amount of revenue that will arise. 
Changes in these estimation methods could have a 
material impact on the financial statements of Downer.

B2.  Profit from ordinary activities

a) Revenue and other income

Sales revenue 
Rendering of services
Construction contracts
Sale of goods
Other revenue
Total revenue from 
ordinary activities

Fair value gain on 
available-for-sale asset (i)
Other income on 
available-for-sale asset (i)
Other
Other income
Total revenue and other income

Share of sales revenue from  
joint ventures and associates (ii)
Total revenue including  
joint ventures and associates 
and other income (ii)

2017
$’m

2016
$’m

5,773.5 
1,250.9 
220.1 
22.6 

5,895.3 
713.8 
205.3 
31.8 

7,267.1 

6,846.2 

19.1 

–

0.7 
0.5 
20.3 
7,287.4 

–
3.8 
3.8 
6,850.0 

524.9 

543.9 

7,812.3 

7,393.9 

(i)  Relates to other income and revaluation of initial 19.99% investment in Spotless 

at $1.15 per share. Refer to Note B2(b).

(ii)  This is a non-statutory disclosure as it relates to Downer’s share of revenue from 

equity accounted joint ventures and associates.

Recognition and measurement
Revenue
Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration 
received or receivable. Revenue is recognised if it meets the 
criteria below.

(i) Rendering of services
The Group primarily generates service revenue from the 
following activities:
 – Maintenance and management of transport infrastructure;
 – Utilities infrastructure maintenance services 

(gas, power and water); 

 – Maintenance and installation of infrastructure in the 

telecommunications sector; 
 – Industrial plant maintenance;
 – Contract mining services, mining assets maintenance 

services, tyre management and blasting;
 – Rolling stock maintenance and rail asset 

management services;

 – Engineering and consultancy services; and
 – Facilities management.

62  Downer EDI Limited

Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continuedfor the year ended 30 June 2017B2.  Profit from ordinary activities – continued

b)  Individually significant items
The following material items forming part of the unallocated segment are relevant to an understanding of the Group’s 
financial performance:

Spotless transaction

2017  
$’m

Spotless transaction costs (i)
Fair value gain on available-for-sale asset (ii)
Other income on available-for-sale asset (ii)
Net finance income on Spotless takeover bid and capital raising (iii)

Earnings before 
interest and tax

Net finance 
income

Income tax 
expense

Profit after 
income tax

(15.2)
19.1 
0.7 
–
4.6 

–
–
–
1.7 
1.7 

–
(5.5)
(0.2)
(0.5)
(6.2)

(15.2)
13.6 
0.5 
1.2 
0.1 

(i)  Transaction costs incurred in relation to the takeover of Spotless (refer to Note F2). The expenses are classified as “Other expenses from ordinary activities” on the 

statement of profit or loss for the year ended 30 June 2017. 

(ii)  Referable to the other income and revaluation of the initial 19.99% interest equivalent in Spotless (economic interest of 4.99% pursuant to a cash settled total return 
equity swap and 15.0% shareholding acquired immediately prior to the takeover bid) based on the offer share price of $1.15. The fair value gain is transferred from the 
available-for-sale reserve to profit or loss on obtaining control and is classified as “Other income” on the statement of profit or loss for the year ended 30 June 2017. 
(iii)  Net interest income from the capital raising proceeds received in relation to the Spotless acquisition. The net interest income is classified as part of “Net finance costs” 

on the statement of profit or loss for the year ended 30 June 2017. 

Bid costs written off

New Intercity Fleet rail project (iv)
NZ Schools PPP project (v)
Canberra light rail project (vi)

2017  
$’m 

(10.0)
(3.0)
–
(13.0)

2016  
$’m 

–
–
(13.0)
(13.0)

(iv)  Downer was a member of the Constellation Rail consortium. On 18 August 2016, the consortium was advised that it had not been successful in its bid to deliver and maintain 

the New Intercity Fleet (NIF) for Transport for NSW. Accordingly, an amount of $10.0 million, referable to Downer’s share of pre-tax bid costs, has been expensed and 
classified as “Other expenses from ordinary activities” on the statement of profit or loss for the year ended 30 June 2017. 

(v)  Downer was a member of the Creative Learning consortium. On 17 January 2017, the consortium was advised that it had not been successful in its bid to design, construct 

and maintain the NZ Schools PPP project for the Ministry of Education. Accordingly, an amount of $3.0 million, referable to Downer’s share of pre-tax bid costs, has been 
expensed and classified as “Other expenses from ordinary activities” on the statement of profit or loss for the year ended 30 June 2017.

(vi)  Downer was a member of the ACTivate consortium. On 1 February 2016, the consortium was advised that it had not been successful in its bid to build, operate and maintain 
Canberra’s new light rail project (“Capital Metro”). Accordingly, an amount of $13.0 million, referable to Downer’s share of pre-tax bid costs, has been expensed and classified 
as “Other expenses from ordinary activities” on the statement of profit or loss for the year ended 30 June 2016.

Annual Report 2017  63

B4. Taxation

a) Reconciliation of income tax expense
The prima facie income tax expense on profit before income 
tax reconciles to the income tax expense in the financial 
statements as follows:

2017
$’m

2016
$’m

Profit before income tax 
Tax using the Company’s 
statutory tax rate
Effect of tax rates in foreign 
jurisdictions
Non-deductible expenses
Profits and franked 
distributions from joint 
ventures and associates 
Non-taxable government grant
Other items
(Over) / under provision of 
income tax in previous year
Total income tax expense
Current tax expense
Deferred tax expense

251.0 

243.9 

75.3 

(1.3)
6.2 

(5.1)
(2.6)
(0.8)

(2.2)
69.5 
68.7 
0.8 

73.2 

(1.2)
0.8 

(5.6)
(3.0)
(0.7)

(0.2)
63.3 
24.9 
38.4 

The tax rate used in the above reconciliation is the corporate tax 
rate of 30% payable by Australian corporate entities on taxable 
profits under Australian tax law. There has been no change in the 
corporate tax rate when compared with the previous year.

B3. Earnings per share
Basic earnings per share
The calculation of basic earnings per share (EPS) is based 
on the profit attributable to ordinary shareholders and the 
weighted-average number of ordinary shares outstanding. 

Profit attributable to members of 
the parent entity ($’m)
Adjustment to reflect ROADS 
dividends paid ($’m)

Profit attributable to members 
of the parent entity used in 
calculating EPS ($’m)

Weighted average 
number of ordinary shares 
(WANOS) on issue (m’s)

Basic earnings per share 
(cents per share)

2017

Restated (i) 
2016

181.5 

(8.6)

180.6 

(9.6)

172.9 

171.0 

483.6 

450.4 

35.8 

38.0 

Diluted earnings per share
The calculation of diluted EPS is based on the profit attributable 
to ordinary shareholders and the weighted-average number of 
ordinary shares outstanding after adjustments for the effects of 
all dilutive potential ordinary shares.

2017

Restated (i) 
2016

Profit attributable to members of 
the parent entity ($’m)

181.5 

180.6 

Weighted average number of 
ordinary shares 
 – Weighted average number 

of ordinary shares (WANOS) 
on issue (m’s)(ii)

 – WANOS adjustment to 

reflect potential dilution for 
ROADS (m’s) (iii)

WANOS used in the calculation 
of diluted EPS (m’s)

Diluted earnings per share 
(cents per share)

483.6 

450.4 

35.3 

 518.9 

53.3 

503.7 

35.0 

35.9 

(i)   Basic and diluted EPS calculation for FY16 were restated as a result of 

169.9 million shares issued from the capital raising made as part of the Spotless 
takeover offer announced on 21 March 2017. Under the entitlement offer, two 
new shares for each five outstanding shares were issued at a discounted price 
of $5.95 per share. As a result of the new shares issued, the weighted average 
number of ordinary shares (WANOS) to calculate EPS needs to be adjusted by 
a theoretical ex-rights price (TERP) factor. The adjustment factor of 0.943 was 
utilised to restate WANOS for the basic and diluted EPS calculations.

(ii)  For diluted EPS, the WANOS has been further adjusted by the potential vesting 

of executive incentive shares.

(iii)  The WANOS adjustment is the value of ROADS that could potentially be 

converted into ordinary shares at the reporting date. It is calculated based 
on the issued value of ROADS in New Zealand dollars converted to Australian 
dollars at the spot rate prevailing at the reporting date, which was $190.5 million 
(2016: $190.7 million), divided by the average market price of the Company’s 
ordinary shares for the period 1 July 2016 to 30 June 2017 discounted by 2.5% 
according to the ROADS contract terms, which was $5.40 (2016: $3.58).

64  Downer EDI Limited

Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continuedfor the year ended 30 June 2017B4. Taxation – continued

b) Movement in deferred tax balances

2017
$’m

Trade and other 
receivables
Inventories
Joint ventures and 
associates 
Property, plant and 
equipment
Intangible assets
Income tax losses
Trade and other 
payables
Provisions
Other
Tax assets / 
(liabilities) before 
set-off
Set-off of DTA 
against DTL
Net tax assets /
(liabilities)

2016
$’m

Trade and other 
receivables
Inventories
Joint ventures and 
associates 
Property, plant and 
equipment
Intangible assets
Trade and other 
payables
Provisions
Other
Tax assets / 
(liabilities) before 
set-off
Set-off of DTA 
against DTL
Net tax assets /
(liabilities)

Net 
balance 
at 
1 July

Charged 
to income
 statement 

Charged to
 compre-
hensive
 income and
equity

Net 
foreign
 currency
 exchange
 differences

Acquisition
 and
 disposal

Net
 balance 
at 
30 June

Deferred
 tax 
assets

Deferred
 tax
 liabilities

(121.0)
(3.7)

(1.3)

(21.7)
(18.2)
– 

8.4 
99.6 
0.2 

3.6 
(6.2)

0.2 

(7.2)
1.8 
– 

11.5 
1.0 
(5.5)

– 
– 

– 

– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
6.0 

(57.7)

(0.8)

6.0 

– 
– 

– 

– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 

– 

1.1 
0.1 

– 

12.9 
(24.6)
25.1 

0.9 
56.6 
(16.4)

(116.3)
(9.8)

(1.1)

(16.0)
(41.0)
25.1

20.8 
157.2 
(15.7)

– 
– 

– 

– 
– 
25.1

20.8 
157.2 
– 

(116.3)
(9.8)

(1.1)

(16.0)
(41.0)
– 

– 
– 
(15.7)

55.7

3.2

203.1

(199.9)

– 

(143.7)

143.7

3.2

59.4

(56.2)

Net 
balance 
at 
1 July

Charged 
to income
 statement 

Charged to
 compre-
hensive
 income and
equity

Net 
foreign
 currency
 exchange
 differences

Acquisition
 and
 disposal

Net
 balance 
at 
30 June

Deferred
 tax 
assets

Deferred
 tax
 liabilities

(85.3)
(3.0)

(2.8)

(12.0)
(20.4)

25.5 
87.9 
(3.1)

(34.3)
(0.7)

1.5 

(9.6)
2.2 

(17.2)
17.4 
2.3 

(13.2)

(38.4)

–
–

–

–
–

–
–
1.2 

1.2 

(1.4)
–

–

(0.1)
–

(0.1)
0.5 
(0.2)

–
–

–

–
–

0.2 
(6.2)
–

(121.0)
(3.7)

(1.3)

(21.7)
(18.2)

8.4 
99.6 
0.2 

–
–

–

–
–

8.4 
99.6 
0.2 

(121.0)
(3.7)

(1.3)

(21.7)
(18.2)

–
–
–

(1.3)

(6.0)

(57.7)

108.2 

(165.9)

–

(108.2)

108.2 

(57.7)

–

(57.7)

Annual Report 2017  65

Tax consolidation
Downer EDI Limited and its wholly owned Australian controlled 
entities are part of a tax consolidated group under Australian 
taxation law. Downer EDI Limited is the head entity in the 
tax consolidated group. Entities within the tax consolidated 
group have entered into a tax funding agreement and a tax 
sharing agreement with the head entity. Under the terms of the 
tax funding agreement, Downer EDI Limited and each of the 
entities in the tax consolidated group have agreed to pay (or 
receive) a tax equivalent payment to (or from) the head entity, 
based on the current tax liability or current tax asset of the entity. 

Key estimate and judgement:  
Recovery of deferred tax assets
Deferred tax assets are recognised for tax losses 
and deductible temporary differences to the extent 
it is probable that sufficient future taxable profits 
will be available to utilise them. Judgement is 
required to determine the amount of deferred tax 
assets that can be recognised, based upon the likely 
timing and the level of future taxable profits.

Key estimate and judgement: Income taxes
The Group is subject to income taxes in Australia and 
jurisdictions where it has foreign operations. Judgement is 
required in determining the worldwide provision for income 
taxes and in assessing whether deferred tax balances are 
recognised on the statement of financial position. Changes 
in circumstances will alter expectations, which may impact 
the amount of provision for income taxes and deferred tax 
balances recognised.

B4. Taxation – continued

Recognition and measurement
Current tax
Current tax assets and liabilities are measured at the amount of 
income taxes payable or recoverable in respect of the taxable 
profit or tax loss for the period. It is calculated using tax rates 
and tax laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted by 
the reporting date.

Deferred tax
Deferred tax is accounted for in respect of temporary differences 
arising from differences between the carrying amount of assets 
and liabilities and the corresponding tax base. 

Deferred tax liabilities are recognised for all taxable temporary 
differences. Deferred tax assets are recognised for all deductible 
temporary differences, unused tax losses and tax offsets, to the 
extent that it is probable that sufficient future taxable profits will 
be available to utilise them. 

However, deferred tax assets and liabilities are not recognised for:
 – taxable temporary differences that arise from the initial 

recognition of assets or liabilities in a transaction that is not 
a business combination which affects neither taxable income 
nor accounting profit;

 – taxable temporary differences relating to investments in 

subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures to the extent that 
the Group is able to control the timing of the reversal of the 
temporary differences and it is probable that they will not 
reverse in the foreseeable future; and

 – taxable temporary differences arising from goodwill.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates 
and tax laws that are expected to apply in the year when the 
asset is utilised or the liability is settled, based on tax rates and 
tax laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the 
reporting date. 

Income taxes relating to items recognised directly in equity are 
recognised directly in equity and not in the income statement.

Offsetting deferred tax balances 
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when they 
relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority, 
for entities treated as a group for tax purposes, and the 
Company/Group intends to settle its current tax assets and 
liabilities on a net basis. 

66  Downer EDI Limited

Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continuedfor the year ended 30 June 2017B5. Remuneration of auditors

B6. Subsequent events

Other than the Group’s ownership interest in Spotless 
increasing from 60.8% at 30 June 2017 to 87.8% at 7.00 pm on 
28 August 2017, at the date of this report there is no matter or 
circumstance that has arisen since the end of the financial year, 
that has significantly affected, or may significantly affect: 
a)  The Group’s operations in future financial years;
b)  The results of those operations in future financial years; or
c)  The Group’s state of affairs in future financial years.

Audit or review of financial reports:
Auditor of the Group – KPMG
 – Australia
 – Overseas

Other audit services (i)

Non-audit services – KPMG
Tax services
Sustainability assurance
Due diligence and other  
non-audit services

Other non-audit services (i)

2017
$

2016
$

2,546,000 
667,000
3,213,000

 2,505,000 
 524,000 
 3,029,000 

1,600,000 
4,813,000

–
 3,029,000 

719,955
217,000 

 743,567 
 107,500 

1,066,814
2,003,769

–
2,003,769

 306,842 
1,157,909 

–
1,157,909 

(i) 

 Audit fees were paid by Spotless Group Holdings Limited for the full year audit, 
which includes the period prior to Downer taking control of Spotless. No non-
audit services have been performed by Ernst & Young during the period of the 
financial year in which Downer controlled Spotless.

Annual Report 2017  67

C

Operating assets and liabilities

This section provides information relating to the operating assets and liabilities of the Group. Downer has a strong focus 
on maintaining a strong balance sheet through continued focus on cash conversion. The Group’s strategy also considers 
expenditure, growth and acquisition requirements.

C1.  Reconciliation of cash and cash equivalents
C2.  Trade and other receivables
C3.   Rendering of services and construction contracts
C4. Inventories
C5.   Trade and other payables

C6.   Property, plant and equipment
C7.  Intangible assets
C8.  Provisions
C9.   Contingent liabilities

C1. Reconciliation of cash and cash equivalents

a) Reconciliation of cash flow from operating activities

Profit after tax for the year
Adjustments for:

Share of joint ventures and associates’ profits net of distributions
Depreciation and amortisation of non-current assets
Amortisation of deferred costs
Net loss / (gain) on sale of property, plant and equipment
Loss on disposal of businesses 
Research and development incentives
Foreign exchange gain
Movement in current tax balances
Movement in deferred tax balances
Share-based employee benefits expense
Fair value gain on available-for-sale asset
Bid costs written off
Other

Changes in net assets and liabilities, net of effects from acquisition and disposal of businesses:
(Increase) / decrease in assets:

Current trade and other receivables
Current inventories
Other current assets
Non-current trade and other receivables
Other non-current assets

Increase / (decrease) in liabilities:

Current trade and other payables
Current financial liabilities
Current provisions
Non-current trade and other payables
Non-current financial liabilities
Non-current provisions

Net cash generated by operating activities 

68  Downer EDI Limited

Note

C6,C7

D1
B1
B1

2017
$’m 

181.5 

(4.6)
220.2 
3.0 
1.2 
–
(8.5)
(0.5)
19.7 
0.8 
5.6 
(19.1)
13.0
2.7
233.5

(159.8)
38.7 
0.2 
(5.1)
(0.4)

160.7 
3.3 
(4.8)
(10.2)
16.9 
(12.9)
26.6
441.6 

2016
$’m 

180.6 

0.9 
258.7 
2.6 
(3.0)
2.3 
(10.0)
(0.3)
(11.0)
38.4 
4.9 
–
13.0
1.2
297.7

(23.4)
18.5 
4.2 
(1.1)
1.2 

(71.9)
–
25.2 
2.0 
–
14.8 
(30.5)
447.8 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continuedfor the year ended 30 June 2017b) Cash and cash equivalents 
For the purpose of the statement of cash flows, cash and cash 
equivalents comprises: 

Cash (i)
Short-term deposits

2017
$’m 
784.5 
60.1 
844.6 

2016
$’m 
430.0 
139.4 
569.4 

(i) 

In accordance with the Business Sale Agreement, the completion payment 
for the assets of Cabrini Health Limited ($20.0 million) was held on trust for 
Spotless (restricted cash) and released to Cabrini Health Limited on 1 July 2017. 

C2. Trade and other receivables

Note

2017
$’m 

2016
$’m 

Current
Trade receivables
Allowance for 
doubtful debts 

Amounts due from 
customers under contracts 
and rendering of services

Other receivables 

Ageing profile of 
trade receivables
Neither past due 
nor impaired
Past due but not impaired
Impaired

760.8 

441.4 

(7.1)
753.7

(3.7)
437.7 

C3

908.3 

63.7 
1,725.7

678.8
74.9 
7.1 
760.8

635.9 

50.7 
1,124.3 

360.3 
77.4 
3.7 
441.4 

Recognition and measurement
Trade receivables
Trade receivables and other receivables are initially recognised 
at fair value and subsequently at amortised cost using the 
effective interest rate method, less an allowance for impairment. 

Fair value
Due to the short-term nature of these financial rights, their 
carrying amounts are estimated to represent their fair values.

Impairment of trade receivables
The Group has considered the collectability and recoverability 
of trade receivables. An allowance for doubtful debts has been 
made for the estimated irrecoverable trade receivable amounts 
arising from services provided, determined by reference to past 
default experience. 

Capitalisation of tender / bid costs 
When it is probable that a contract will be awarded, 
the expenditure incurred in relation to tender/bid costs is 
capitalised to amounts due from customers under contracts. 
Capitalised costs are expensed in accordance with contract 
accounting principles once the contract is awarded. Where a 
tender/bid is subsequently unsuccessful, the previously 
capitalised costs are immediately expensed. Tender/bid costs 
that have been expensed cannot be recapitalised in the 
subsequent financial year.

Key estimate and judgement: 
Capitalisation of tender / bid costs
Judgement is exercised in determining whether it is 
probable that the contract will be awarded. An error in 
judgement may result in capitalised tender/bid costs being 
recognised as an expense in the following financial year.

Annual Report 2017  69

 
Current
Raw materials 
Work in progress 
Finished goods 
Components and spare parts 

2017
$’m 

187.8 
0.1 
66.5 
47.3 
301.7 

2016
$’m 

208.0 
0.5 
88.7 
30.0 
327.2 

Recognition and measurement
Inventories are valued at the lower of cost and net realisable 
value. Net realisable value represents the estimated selling price 
less all estimated costs of completion and costs to be incurred in 
marketing, selling and distribution.

C5. Trade and other payables

Note

2017
$’m 

2016
$’m 

Current
Trade payables
Amounts due to customers 
under contracts and 
rendering of services
Amounts owing in 
relation to Spotless 
shares acceptance
Accruals
Other 

C3

F2

527.6 

358.9 

288.2 

163.3 

110.8 
732.8 
101.6 
1,761.0 

–
414.8 
73.9 
1,010.9 

Recognition and measurement
Trade and other payables
Trade payables and other accounts payable are recognised when 
the Group becomes obliged to make future payments resulting 
from the purchase of goods and services.

Fair value
Due to the short-term nature of these financial obligations, their 
carrying amounts are estimated to represent their fair values.

C3. Rendering of services and 
construction contracts

C4. Inventories

Note

2017
$’m 

2016
$’m 

Cumulative contracts 
in progress as at 
reporting date:

Cumulative costs incurred 
plus recognised profits less 
recognised losses to date

Less: progress billings
Net amount 

Recognised and included 
in the financial statements 
as amounts due:
From customers under 
contracts
To customers under 
contracts
Net amount 

7,361.4 

7,121.0 

(6,741.3)
620.1 

(6,648.4)
472.6 

C2

C5

908.3 

635.9 

(288.2)
620.1 

(163.3)
472.6 

Recognition and measurement
Services and construction contracts are reported in trade 
receivables and trade payables, as gross amounts due 
from / to customers. 

If cumulative work done to date (contract costs plus contract net 
profit) of contracts in progress exceeds the progress payments 
received, the difference is recognised as an asset and included in 
amounts due from customers for contract work. If the net amount 
after deduction of progress payments received is negative, the 
difference is recognised as a liability and included in amounts 
due to customers for contract work.

70  Downer EDI Limited

Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continuedfor the year ended 30 June 2017C6. Property, plant and equipment

2017 
$’m

Carrying amount as at 1 July 2016
Additions
Disposals at net book value
Acquisition of businesses (i)
Depreciation expense 
Reclassifications at net book value
Reclassified as intangible assets (ii)
Net foreign currency exchange differences at net book value
Closing net book value as at 30 June 2017
Cost
Accumulated depreciation

2016

Carrying amount as at 1 July 2015
Additions
Disposals at net book value
Acquisition of businesses
Disposals of business at net book value
Depreciation expense
Reclassifications at net book value 
Reclassified as intangible assets (ii)
Net foreign currency exchange differences at net book value
Closing net book value as at 30 June 2016
Cost
Accumulated depreciation

Plant, 
equipment 
and 
leasehold 
improve-
ments

Freehold 
land and 
buildings

Equipment 
under 
finance
lease

Laundries 
rental stock

68.5 
7.4 
(0.1)
57.4 
(4.7)
1.0 
– 
(0.1)
129.4 
160.9 
(31.5)

59.1 
13.6 
–
–
–
(4.7)
–
–
0.5 
68.5 
95.5 
(27.0)

859.9 
212.7 
(17.6)
212.5 
(182.3)
18.7 
(7.2)
(3.2)
1,093.5
2,387.7
(1,294.2)

895.1 
168.8 
(16.8)
1.7 
(0.6)
(217.7)
24.4 
(1.2)
6.2 
859.9 
2,143.3 
(1,283.4)

59.9 
2.2 
(0.2)
– 
(6.2)
(19.7)
– 
(1.2)
34.8 
75.2 
(40.4)

82.9 
14.0 
(0.5)
–
–
(12.1)
(24.4)
–
–
59.9 
109.8 
(49.9)

– 
– 
– 
37.5
– 
– 
– 
– 
37.5
37.5
– 

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

Total

988.3 
222.3 
(17.9)
307.4
(193.2)
– 
(7.2)
(4.5)
1,295.2
2,661.3
(1,366.1)

1,037.1 
196.4 
(17.3)
1.7 
(0.6)
(234.5)
–
(1.2)
6.7 
988.3 
2,348.6 
(1,360.3)

(i)  The values recognised are based on the fair value of assets acquired from the business acquisitions made during the year ended 30 June 2017, for which the accounting on 

certain transactions remains provisional. Refer to Note F2. 

(ii)  Refers to the reclassification of software from Capital Work in Progress to Intangible Assets.

Recognition and measurement
The value of property, plant and equipment is measured as the cost of the asset less accumulated depreciation and impairment. 
The expected useful life and depreciation methods used are listed below: 

Item
Freehold land 
Buildings 
Leasehold improvements 
Plant and equipment – mining, power and gas
Plant and equipment – other
Equipment under finance lease
Laundries rental stock

Useful life
n/a
20-50 years
Life of lease
Working hours
3-25 years 
5-15 years
18 months-5 years

Depreciation method
No depreciation
Straight-line 
Straight-line 
Based on hours of use
Straight-line 
Straight-line – lease term
Straight-line

Key estimate and judgement: Useful lives and residual values
The estimation of the useful lives and residual values of assets has been based on historical experience as well as manufacturers’ 
warranties (for plant and equipment), lease terms (for leased equipment and leasehold improvements) and turnover policies. 
In addition, the condition of the assets is assessed at least once per year and considered against the remaining useful life. 
Adjustments to useful lives and residual values are made when considered necessary.

Annual Report 2017  71

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
C7. Intangible assets

2017 
$’m

Carrying amount as at 1 July 2016
Additions
Acquisition of businesses (i)
Disposal at net book value
Reclassifications at net book value (ii)
Amortisation expense
Net foreign currency exchange differences 
at net book value
Closing net book value as at 30 June 2017
Cost
Accumulated amortisation and impairment

2016
Carrying amount as at 1 July 2015
Additions
Acquisition of businesses
Reclassifications at net book value (ii)
Amortisation expense
Net foreign currency exchange differences 
at net book value
Closing net book value as at 30 June 2016
Cost
Accumulated amortisation and impairment

Goodwill

805.3 
– 
1,799.2 
– 
– 
– 

2.8 
2,607.3 
2,683.3 
(76.0)

781.7 
– 
20.5 
– 
– 

3.1 
805.3 
881.3 
(76.0)

Customer 
contracts 
and 
relationships

Brand 
names on 
acquisition

Intellectual 
property on 
acquisition

Intellectual 
property, 
software 
and system 
development

37.1 
– 
8.8 
– 
– 
(7.2)

– 
38.7 
58.9 
(20.2)

43.5 
– 
– 
– 
(6.4)

– 
37.1 
50.1 
(13.0)

– 
– 
4.7 
– 
– 
(0.2)

– 
4.5 
4.7 
(0.2)

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
7.8 
– 
– 
– 

– 
7.8 
7.8 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 

127.5 
38.5 
67.7 
(0.7)
7.2 
(19.6)

– 
220.6 
359.2 
(138.6)

93.8 
49.1 
– 
1.2 
(17.8)

1.2 
127.5 
255.3 
(127.8)

Total

969.9 
38.5 
1,888.2 
(0.7)
7.2 
(27.0)

2.8 
2,878.9 
3,113.9 
(235.0)

919.0 
49.1 
20.5 
1.2 
(24.2)

4.3 
969.9 
1,186.7 
(216.8)

(i)  The values recognised are based on the fair value of assets acquired from the business acquisitions made during the year ended 30 June 2017, for which the accounting on 

certain transactions remains provisional. Refer to Note F2.

(ii)  Refers to the reclassification of software from Capital Work In Progress to Intangible Assets.

Recognition and measurement
Goodwill
Goodwill acquired in a business combination is measured at 
cost and subsequently measured at cost less any impairment 
losses. The cost represents the excess of the cost of a business 
combination over the fair value of the identifiable assets, 
liabilities and contingent liabilities acquired. 

Customer contracts and relationships on acquisition
Customer contracts and relationships acquired as part of 
a business combination are recognised separately from 
goodwill and are carried at fair value at date of acquisition 
less accumulated amortisation and any accumulated 
impairment losses.

Brand names on acquisition
Brand names acquired as part of a business combination are 
recognised separately from goodwill and are carried at fair value 
at date of acquisition less accumulated amortisation and any 
accumulated impairment losses.

72  Downer EDI Limited

Intellectual property on acquisition
Intellectual property acquired as part of a business combination 
is recognised separately from goodwill and is carried at fair value 
at date of acquisition less accumulated amortisation and any 
accumulated impairment losses.

Intellectual property, software and system development
Intangible assets acquired by the Group, including intellectual 
property (purchased patents, trademarks and licences) and 
software are initially recognised at cost, and subsequently 
measured at cost less accumulated amortisation and any 
impairment losses. Internally developed systems are capitalised 
once the project is assessed to be feasible. The costs 
capitalised include consulting, licensing and direct labour 
costs. Costs incurred in determining project feasibility are 
expensed as incurred. 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continuedfor the year ended 30 June 2017C7. Intangible assets – continued

Amortisation
Intangible assets with finite useful lives are amortised on a 
straight-line basis over their useful lives. The estimated useful 
lives are generally:

Item

Software and system development

Brand names

Customer contracts and relationships

Intellectual property acquired

Other intangible assets (other than indefinite 
useful life intangible assets)

Useful Life

5-15 years

20 years

5-20 years

15-20 years

20 years

Transport (i)
Utilities (i)
Rail
EC&M (i)
Mining 
Spotless (ii)

Carrying value of 
consolidated goodwill

2017
$’m 

251.0 
319.9 
69.5 
239.2 
76.4 
1,651.3 
2,607.3 

2016
$’m 

215.7 
289.3 
69.5 
154.4 
76.4 
–
805.3 

The estimated useful life and amortisation method are reviewed 
at the end of each annual reporting period.

Impairment of assets 
Goodwill and intangible assets that have an indefinite useful 
life are tested annually for impairment, or more frequently if 
events or changes in circumstances indicate that they might be 
impaired. Other assets are reviewed for impairment whenever 
events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying 
amount may not be recoverable. 

An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which 
the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. 
For the purpose of assessing impairment, assets are grouped 
at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable 
cash inflows that are largely independent of the cash inflows 
from other assets or groups of assets (cash-generating units or 
CGUs). Non-financial assets other than goodwill that suffered 
impairment are reviewed for possible reversal of the impairment 
at each reporting date.

Allocation of goodwill to cash-generating units 
Goodwill has been allocated, for impairment testing purposes, 
to CGUs (group of units) that are significant individually or 
in aggregate, taking into consideration the nature of service, 
resource allocation, how operations are monitored and where 
independent cash inflows are identifiable. Six independent CGUs 
(by service line) have been identified across the Group against 
which impairment testing has been undertaken. Goodwill has 
been allocated to these CGUs as follows:

(i) 

Included in this amount is the goodwill for certain acquisitions 
made during the year ended 30 June 2017, for which the accounting 
remains provisional. 

(ii)  The determination of the fair value of individual assets and liabilities acquired 

from Spotless including goodwill, remains provisional due to the proximity of the 
acquisition date to the end of the financial year. The measurement period may 
extend to 12 months from date of acquisition as allowed by AASB 3 Business 
Combinations. Refer to Note F2.

Key estimate and judgement: 
Impairment of assets 
Determination of potential impairment requires an 
estimation of the recoverable amount of the CGUs to 
which the goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite 
useful lives are allocated. The Group uses the “value in 
use” method to determine the recoverable amount. Key 
assumptions requiring judgement include projected cash 
flows, growth rate estimates, discount rates, working 
capital and capital expenditure.

Recoverable amount testing – key assumptions 
The recoverable amount of the Spotless CGU is assessed 
as the fair value of the assets acquired less costs to sell. 
Fair value has been determined by reference to the takeover 
offer. There has been no events subsequent to the takeover 
offer that would result in an impairment. For the remaining 
CGUs, the table below shows the key assumptions utilised in 
the “value in use” calculations.

 Budgeted
 EBITDA(i)

Long-term
growth rate

Discount
rate

5.3%
1.4%
17.1%
9.4%
4.5%

2.5%
2.5%
2.5%
2.5%
2.5%

10.3%
10.3%
10.6%
10.3%
11.0%

Transport
Utilities
Rail
EC&M 
Mining 

(i)  Budgeted EBITDA used for impairment testing is expressed as the compound 

annual growth rates from FY17 to terminal year based on the CGUs 
business plan.

Annual Report 2017  73

C7. Intangible assets – continued

Recoverable amount testing – key assumptions 
– continued
(i) Projected cash flows
The Group determines the recoverable amount based on a 
“value in use” calculation, using three year cash flow projections 
based on the FY18 budget for the year ending 30 June 2018 
and the business plan for the subsequent financial years ending 
30 June 2019 and 2020 (as discussed with the Board). For FY21 
onwards, the Group assumes a long-term growth rate to allow for 
organic growth on the existing asset base. 

Cash flow projections are determined utilising the budgeted 
Earnings Before Interest, Tax, Depreciation and Amortisation 
(EBITDA) less tax, capital maintenance spending and working 
capital changes, adjusted to exclude any uncommitted 
restructuring costs and future benefits to provide a “free 
cash flow” estimate. This calculated “free cash flow” is then 
discounted to its present value using a post-tax discount rate 
that reflects current market assessments of the time value of 
money and the risks specific to the asset for which the estimates 
of future cash flows have not been adjusted.

Budgeted EBITDA has been based on past experience and the 
Group’s assessment of economic and regulatory factors affecting 
the industry within which the Downer businesses operate:
 – Transport is expected to benefit from an increase in activity 

in the transport infrastructure sector;  

 – Utilities is expected to benefit from an increase in activity 

across the electricity, water and renewables sectors partially 
offset by the potential reduction in revenue from its existing 
significant telecommunication contracts; 

 – Rail is expected to benefit from the two new major projects 
(High Capacity Metro Trains and Sydney Growth Trains). 
In addition, closer integration with strategic partners 
is expected to continue to contribute to revenue and 
EBITDA growth; and

 – Mining and EC&M’s revenue and EBITDA include 

assumptions that take into account the cyclical nature of the 
resources industry and various growth opportunities.

(ii) Long-term growth rate
The future annual growth rates for FY21 onwards to perpetuity 
are based on the historical nominal GDP rates for the 
country of operation.

(iii) Discount rates
Post-tax discount rates of between 10.3% and 11.0% reflect the 
Group’s estimate of the time value of money and risks specific 
to each CGU. In determining the appropriate discount rate 
for each CGU, consideration has been given to the estimated 
weighted average cost of capital (WACC) for the Group 
adjusted for country and business risks specific to that CGU, 
including benchmarking against relevant peer group companies. 
The post-tax discount rate is applied to post-tax cash flows 
that include an allowance for tax based on the respective 
jurisdiction’s tax rate. This method is used to approximate the 
requirement of the accounting standards to apply a pre-tax 
discount rate to pre-tax cash flows.

74  Downer EDI Limited

(iv) Budgeted capital expenditure 
The cash flows for capital expenditure are based on past 
experience and the amounts included in the terminal year 
calculation are for maintenance capital used for existing 
plant and replacement of plant as it is retired from service. 
The resulting expenditure has been compared against the 
annual depreciation charge to ensure that it is reasonable.

(v) Budgeted working capital 
Working capital has been maintained at a level required to support 
the business activities of each CGU, taking into account changes 
in the business cycle. It has been assumed to be in line with 
historic trends given the level of utilisation and operating activity.

Sensitivities
Other than as disclosed below, the Group believes that for 
all other CGUs, any reasonably possible change in the key 
assumptions would not cause the carrying value of the CGUs to 
exceed their recoverable amounts.

The valuation of the Rail CGU assumes the execution of the two 
new major projects secured during FY17 (High Capacity Metro 
Trains and Sydney Growth Trains), increased efficiencies in its 
operations and improvement in the financial performance of its 
business. A number of scenarios, including the impact of macro-
economic risks, have been analysed. Based on the modelling 
and analysis performed, the recoverable amount is expected to 
be greater than the carrying value and no reasonably possible 
change in key assumptions would cause the carrying value of the 
Rail CGU to exceed its recoverable amount.

For the Mining CGU, the recoverable amount currently exceeds 
its carrying value by $57.1 million. The valuation of the Mining 
CGU assumes contract extensions from existing customers 
and growth opportunities in open cut and underground mining. 
The timing of the cash flows arising from these opportunities 
may be affected by macro-economic risks, including volatile 
commodity prices, increased competition which may impact 
the contract margins and insourcing by key customers for 
mining services contracts. In the event that these risks 
ultimately eventuate (including the loss of currently tendered 
opportunities) and cannot be mitigated, the Mining CGU carrying 
value may exceed its recoverable amount.

For the Mining CGU, a reasonably possible unfavourable change 
in four-year compound annual EBITDA growth rate, long-term 
growth rate and discount rate assumptions in isolation and, in the 
absence of any mitigating factors or unchanged circumstances, 
would result in the carrying value of the Mining CGU exceeding 
its recoverable amount. Under this downside sensitivity scenario, 
the approximate change in the estimated recoverable amount for 
the Mining CGU is as follows:

Individual changes in key 
assumptions that would 
result in nil headroom

Decrease in four-year compound 
annual EBITDA growth rate
Decrease in long-term growth rate
Increase in the post-tax discount rate

(2.1%) 
(1.1%) 
0.9%

Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continuedfor the year ended 30 June 2017C8. Provisions

2017
$’m

At 1 July 2016
Additional provisions recognised
Unused provision reversed
Utilisation of provision
Acquisition of businesses
Net foreign currency exchange differences
At 30 June 2017
Current
Non-current

Recognition and measurement
Provisions
Provisions are recognised when:
 – the Group has a present obligation as a result of a past event;
 – it is probable that resources will be expended to settle the 

obligation; and 

 – the amount of the provision can be measured reliably.

(i) Decommissioning and restoration
Provisions for decommissioning and restoration are made for 
close down, restoration and environmental rehabilitation costs, 
including the cost of dismantling and demolition of infrastructure, 
removal of residual materials and remediation of disturbed areas. 

Future rectification costs are reviewed annually and any changes 
are reflected in the present value of the rectification provision at 
the end of the reporting period. 

The provision is discounted using a pre-tax rate that reflects 
current market assessments of the time value of money and the 
risks specific to the liability.

(ii) Warranties and contract claims
Provisions for warranties and contract claims are made for 
the estimated liability on all products still under warranty at 
balance sheet date and known claims arising under service and 
construction contracts.

Decommissioning 
and restoration

Warranties
and 
contract
 claims

Onerous 
contracts 
and other

14.4 
1.7 
(2.4)
(0.7)
25.2 
– 
38.2 
16.2 
22.0 

22.2 
11.0 
(4.9)
(12.5)
1.6 
– 
17.4 
16.9 
0.5 

45.8 
7.7 
(1.4)
(21.8)
33.9 
– 
64.2 
34.9 
29.3 

Total 

82.4 
20.4 
(8.7)
(35.0)
60.7 
– 
119.8 
68.0 
51.8 

(iii) Onerous contracts and other
Provisions primarily include amounts recognised in relation 
to onerous customer and supply contracts and return 
conditions provisions for leased assets. The Group has leases 
that require the leased asset to be returned to the lessor in a 
certain condition.

The onerous contract provision is discounted using a pre-tax 
rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value 
of money and the risks specific to the liability. 

Key estimate and judgement: Provisions
(i) Decommissioning and restoration
Judgement is required in determining the expected 
expenditure required to settle rectification obligations at 
the reporting date, based on current legal requirements 
and technology. 

(ii) Warranties and contract claims
The provision is estimated having regard to previous 
claims experience.

(iii) Onerous contracts and other
These provisions have been calculated based on 
management’s best estimate of discounted net cash 
outflows required to fulfil the contracts. The status of 
these contracts and the adequacy of provisions are 
assessed at each reporting date. 

The return condition provision is estimated based on the 
costs associated with returning leased assets to the lessor 
in a certain condition.

Annual Report 2017  75

C9. Contingent liabilities

Bonding

Note

2017
$’m 

2016
$’m 

The Group has bid bonds 
and performance bonds 
issued in respect of 
contract performance 
in the normal course of 
business for wholly-owned 
controlled entities

E2

1,185.5

722.0

The Group is called upon to give guarantees and indemnities to 
counterparties, relating to the performance of contractual and 
financial obligations (including for controlled entities and related 
parties). Other than as noted above, these guarantees and 
indemnities are indeterminable in amount.

Other contingent liabilities
i)  The Group is subject to design liability in relation to 

completed design and construction projects. The Directors 
are of the opinion that there is adequate insurance to cover 
this area and accordingly, no amounts are recognised in the 
financial statements.

ii)  The Group is subject to product liability claims. Provision 

is made for the potential costs of carrying out rectification 
works based on known claims and previous claims history. 
However, as the ultimate outcome of these claims cannot 
be reliably determined at the date of this report, contingent 
liability may exist for any amounts that ultimately become 
payable in excess of current provisioning levels.

iii)  Controlled entities have entered into various joint 

arrangements under which the controlled entity is jointly 
and severally liable for the obligations of the relevant 
joint arrangements.

iv)  The Group carries the normal contractor’s and consultant’s 
liability in relation to services, supply and construction 
contracts (for example, liability relating to professional 
advice, design, completion, workmanship, and damage), 
as well as liability for personal injury/property damage during 
the course of a project. Potential liability may arise from 
claims, disputes and/or litigation/arbitration by or against 
Group companies and/or joint venture arrangements in which 
the Group has an interest. The Group is currently managing 
a number of claims, arbitration and litigation processes in 
relation to services, supply and construction contracts as 
well as in relation to personal injury and property damage 
claims arising from project delivery.

76  Downer EDI Limited

v)  Several New Zealand entities in the Group have been named 
as co-defendants in four “leaky building” claims. The leaky 
building claims where Group entities are co-defendants 
generally relate to water damage arising from historical 
design and construction methodologies (and certification) 
for residential and other buildings in New Zealand during 
the early-mid 2000s. The Directors are of the opinion 
that disclosure of any further information relating to 
the leaky building claims would be prejudicial to the 
interests of the Group.

vi)  Ground subsidence at the Waratah Train Maintenance 
Centre, located on Manchester Road, Auburn (AMC) 
has been identified. The design and construction of the AMC 
formed part of the Waratah Train Project, with Reliance Rail 
contracting Downer to design and build the AMC. In turn, 
Downer subcontracted this work to John Holland Pty Ltd. 
The design and construction of the areas in which subsidence 
has been observed formed part of the subcontractor’s design 
and construct obligations. Investigations into the causes of 
the subsidence continue, with an estimated remediation cost 
in the order of $70 million. The Directors are of the opinion 
that there is no material exposure to either Downer EDI Rail 
Pty Limited or Downer EDI PPP Maintenance Pty Limited 
arising from the subsidence, based on the fact that there are 
a range of recovery options being pursued.

vii) On 16 September 2015, the Group announced that it had 
terminated a contract with Tecnicas Reunidas S.A. (“TR”) 
following TR’s failure to remedy a substantial breach of the 
contract and that the Group is pursuing a claim against TR 
in the order of $65 million. Downer has since demobilised 
from the site and has formally commenced an arbitration 
process, with a hearing date scheduled for June 2018. 
TR has initiated a counter-claim as part of the arbitration. 
The Directors are of the opinion that disclosure of any further 
information relating to this matter would be prejudicial to the 
interests of the Group.

viii) Under the terms of the agreement reached between the 
New South Wales Government and Reliance Rail, the 
Group has a contingent commitment to pay Reliance Rail 
$12.5 million in 2018 should it be required to refinance 
Reliance Rail’s senior debt.

ix)  On 25 May 2017, Alison Court, as applicant, filed a 

representative proceeding (which has a litigation funder) in 
the Federal Court of Australia on behalf of shareholders who 
acquired Spotless shares from 25 August 2015 to 1 December 
2015. The applicant under this proceeding alleges that 
Spotless engaged in misleading or deceptive conduct and/
or breached its continuous disclosure obligations in relation 
to Spotless financial results for the financial year ended 
30 June 2015 and in its conduct following the release of 
those financial results until Spotless issued its trading 
update of 2 December 2015. The applicant seeks damages, 
declarations, interest and costs. Spotless is vigorously 
defending the proceeding. No provision has been recognised 
at 30 June 2017 in respect of the representative proceedings.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continuedfor the year ended 30 June 2017D

Employee benefits

This section provides a breakdown of the various 
programs Downer uses to reward and recognise 
employees and key executives, including Key 
Management Personnel (KMP). Downer believes that 
these programs reinforce the value of ownership and 
incentives and drive performance both individually and 
collectively to deliver better returns to shareholders.

D1.  Employee benefits

D2.  Key management personnel compensation

D3.  Employee discount share plan

D1. Employee benefits

Employee benefits provision:
 – Current
 – Non-current
Total

2017
$’m 

2016
$’m 

365.4 
38.2 
403.6 

254.2 
27.6 
281.8 

Recognition and measurement
The employee benefits liability represents accrued wages and 
salaries, leave entitlements and other incentives recognised in 
respect of employees’ services up to the end of the reporting 
period. These liabilities are measured at the amounts expected 
to be paid when they are settled and include related on-costs, 
such as workers compensation insurance, superannuation 
and payroll tax. 

Key estimate and judgement: Annual leave 
and long service leave 
Long-term employee benefits are measured at the present 
value of estimated future payments for the services 
provided by employees up to the end of the reporting 
period. This calculation requires judgement in determining 
the following key assumptions:
 – Future increase in wages and salary rates;
 – Future on-cost rates; and
 – Expected settlement dates based on staff 

turnover history.

The liability is discounted using the Australian corporate 
bond rates which most closely match the terms to maturity 
of the entitlement. 

Employee benefits expense:
 – Defined contribution plans 
 – Shared-based employee  

benefits expense 
 – Employee benefits
 – Redundancy costs
Total 

2017
$’m 

2016
$’m 

170.5 

148.4 

5.6 
2,601.6 
9.6 
2,787.3 

4.9 
2,580.8 
24.5 
2,758.6 

D2. Key management personnel compensation

2017
$ 

2016
$ 

Short-term employee benefits
Post-employment benefits
Share-based payments
Total

13,742,489
836,489
2,929,596
17,508,574

 13,279,618 
 695,498 
 2,460,150 
 16,435,266 

Recognition and measurement
Equity-settled transactions 
Equity-settled share-based transactions are measured at fair 
value at the date of grant. The cost of these transactions is 
recognised in the profit or loss and credited to equity over 
the vesting period. At each balance sheet date, the Group 
revises its estimates of the number of rights that are expected 
to vest for service and non-market performance conditions. 
The expense recognised each year takes into account the most 
recent estimate. 

The fair value at grant date is independently determined using 
an option pricing model and takes into account any market 
related performance conditions. Non-market vesting conditions 
are not considered when determining value; however they are 
included in assumptions about the number of rights that are 
expected to vest. 

Cash-settled transactions
The amount payable to employees in respect of cash-settled 
share-based payments is recognised as an expense, with a 
corresponding increase in liabilities, over the period during 
which the employees become unconditionally entitled to the 
payment. The liability is remeasured at each reporting date and 
at settlement date based on the fair value, with any changes in 
the liability being recognised in profit or loss.

D3. Employee discount share plan

No shares were issued under the Employee Discount Share Plan 
during the years ended 30 June 2017 and 30 June 2016.

Annual Report 2017  77

E

Capital structure and financing

This section provides information relating to the Group’s capital structure and its exposure to financial risks, how they affect 
the Group’s financial position and performance and how the risks are managed.

The capital structure of the Group consists of debt and equity. The Directors determine the appropriate capital structure 
of Downer, specifically how much is raised from shareholders (equity) and how much is borrowed from financial institutions 
(debt) in order to finance the current and future activities of the Group. The Directors review the Group’s capital structure 
and dividend policy regularly and do so in the context of the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern, to invest in 
opportunities that grow the business and enhance shareholder value.

E4.  Issued capital

E5.  Reserves

E6.  Dividends

Note

E3(d)
E3(e)

2017
$’m 

2016
$’m 

20.4 
0.4 
–
20.8 

836.4 
13.3 
(7.3)
842.4 
863.2 

13.1 
0.5 
5.8 
19.4 

15.1 
13.3 
(2.3)
26.1 
45.5 

E1.  Borrowings

E2.  Financing facilities

E3.  Commitments

E1. Borrowings

Current
Secured:
 – Finance lease liabilities 
 – Hire purchase liabilities 
 – Supplier finance

Unsecured: 
 – Bank loans 
 – AUD medium term notes (2009-1)
 – Deferred finance charges

Total current borrowings

78  Downer EDI Limited

Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continuedfor the year ended 30 June 2017E1. Borrowings – continued

Non-current
Secured: 
 – Finance lease liabilities 
 – Hire purchase liabilities 

Unsecured: 
 – Bank loans 
 – USD notes
 – AUD notes
 – AUD medium term notes (2009-1)
 – AUD medium term notes (2013-1)
 – AUD medium term notes (2015-1)
 – Deferred finance charges

Total non-current borrowings
Total borrowings

Note

E3(d)
E3(e)

2017
$’m 

2016
$’m 

14.8 
0.2 
15.0 

2.1 
139.1 
30.0 
–
150.0 
250.0 
(4.4)
566.8 
581.8 
1,445.0 

13.9 
0.6 
14.5 

8.6 
144.1 
30.0 
13.3 
150.0 
250.0 
(6.0)
590.0 
604.5 
650.0 

Recognition and measurement
Borrowings
Borrowings are initially recognised at fair value, net of transaction 
costs. They are subsequently measured at amortised cost using 
the effective interest rate method. 

Total borrowings (i)
Fair value of total borrowings (i)

2017
$’m 

1,409.2 
1,466.0 

2016
$’m 

616.1 
687.4 

(i) Exclude finance lease, hire purchase and supplier finance liabilities.

Fair value
The cash flows under the Group’s debt instruments are 
discounted using current market base interest rates and 
adjusted for current market credit default swap spreads for 
industrial companies with a BBB credit rating.

E2. Financing facilities

At 30 June 2017, the Group had the following facilities that were 
unutilised at balance date:

Syndicated bank bridge loan facility
Syndicated bank loan facilities
Bilateral bank loan facilities
Total unutilised bank loan facilities
Syndicated and bilateral bank and 
bilateral insurance bonding facilities
Total unutilised bonding facilities

2017
$’m 

500.0 
500.0 
190.0 
1,190.0

738.3 
738.3 

2016
$’m 

–
400.0 
125.0 
525.0 

614.5 
614.5 

Unutilised bank loans 
Syndicated loan facilities
The syndicated bank bridge loan facility of $500.0 million is 
non-revolving, unsecured, matures in March 2019 (subject to 
Downer exercising its two six-month extension options at each of 
March 2018 and September 2018) and is to be specifically used 
to acquire shares in Spotless Group Holdings Limited and other 
related purposes.

The syndicated loan facilities, totalling $500.0 million, are 
unsecured and are split into the following tranches:
 – $200.0 million maturing in April 2019; 
 – $100.0 million maturing in December 2020; and 
 – $200.0 million maturing in April 2021.

Bilateral bank loans facilities
These unutilised facilities are unsecured and due for renewal in 
multiple tranches in calendar years 2018 to 2019.

Utilised bank loans
Included in the aggregate amount of $836.4 million is 
$830.9 million which relates to bank loans of Spotless Group 
Holdings Limited which are classified as current pursuant to the 
“Change of Control Review Event” contained in Spotless’ loan 
facility documentation which gave lenders rights (under certain 
circumstances) to require prepayment of all amounts owing. 
Subsequent to 30 June 2017, all lenders provided a waiver under 
this Review Event until such date that Downer acquires 90% 
or more of the issued share capital of Spotless. At that point, 
Downer will undertake the process to compulsorily acquire 100% 
of Spotless which will enable it to commence the refinancing of 
all of the Spotless related debt under the Downer credit platform.

Annual Report 2017  79

E2. Financing facilities – continued

Downer has developed a detailed strategy in consultation with 
its main financiers to refinance this debt under its credit platform 
through a diverse combination of bank loans and debt capital 
markets issues. 

At the point of securing a 100% interest in Spotless and 
thereafter acceding relevant Spotless subsidiaries to Downer’s 
debt facility guarantor pool, Downer would also be in a position 
to provide direct funding to Spotless if required, through a 
combination of its own operating cash flow and committed 
available debt facilities and / or by utilising the standby bridge 
loan facility put in place for purposes of the initial Spotless bid.

In the event Downer’s interest in Spotless remains below 90%, 
then Spotless will continue to fund itself on a stand-alone 
basis by accessing its existing facilities and will refinance these 
facilities in the normal course as and when they fall due.

In addition, a $50.0 million revolving cash advance facility limit 
relating to Spotless, which was in place at 30 June 2017, was 
reduced to $40.0 million with an effective date of 1 July 2017. 
This facility was drawn to $35.0 million at 30 June 2017. 
Subsequent to 30 June 2017, Spotless has also amended 
and extended the maturity date of two $75.0 million revolving 
cash advance facilities from 11 July 2018 to 1 September 2018 
(aggregate $70.0 million drawn at 30 June 2017).

Utilised USD notes
USD unsecured private placement notes are on issue for a 
total amount of US$107.0 million. US$7.0 million notes mature in 
September 2019 and US$100.0 million in July 2025. The USD 
denominated principal and interest amounts have been fully 
hedged against the Australian dollar through cross-currency 
interest rate swaps.

Utilised AUD notes
AUD unsecured private placement notes are on issue for a total 
amount of $30.0 million with a maturity date of July 2025.

Utilised AUD Medium Term Notes (MTNs)
The Group has the following unsecured MTNs on issue: 
 – Series 2009-1 amortises through even semi-annual 

instalments, until the final maturity date of April 2018; current 
balance $13.3 million; 

 – Series 2013-1 for $150.0 million, which matures in 

November 2018; and

 – Series 2015-1 for $250.0 million, which 

matures in March 2022.

The above facilities are subject to certain Group guarantees.

80  Downer EDI Limited

Utilised Finance lease/Hire purchase/Supplier 
finance facilities
The Group has certain secured facilities of these types which 
are for an aggregate amount of $35.8 million and which amortise 
over different periods of up to four years.

Covenants on financing facilities
Certain of the Group’s financing facilities contain undertakings 
to comply at all times with financial covenants. This requires 
the Group to operate within certain financial ratios as well as 
ensuring that subsidiaries that contribute certain minimum 
threshold amounts of Group EBIT and Group Total Tangible 
Assets are guarantors under various facilities.

The main financial covenants which the Group is subject 
to are Net Worth, Interest Service Coverage (calculated as 
rolling 12-month EBIT to Net Interest Expense) and Leverage 
(calculated as Net Debt to Total Capitalisation).

Financial covenants testing is undertaken and reported to the 
Board on a monthly basis. Reporting of financial covenants to 
financiers occurs semi-annually for the rolling 12-month periods 
to 30 June and 31 December. The Group was in compliance with 
all its financial covenants as at 30 June 2017.

Spotless Group Holdings Limited has financial covenants related 
to leverage and interest service coverage. These are reviewed 
by their Board of Directors on a six-monthly basis. No financial 
covenants were breached during the financial year.

Bonding 
The Group has $1,923.8 million of bank guarantee and 
insurance bond facilities to support its contracting activities. 
$1,046.5 million of these facilities are provided to the Group 
on a committed basis and $877.3 million on an uncommitted 
basis. Included in these facilities is a syndicated $210.0 million 
committed revolving bank guarantee facility relating to a specific 
passenger rail contract and of which $27.3 million is utilised and 
$182.7 million is unutilised.

The Group’s facilities are provided by a number of banks 
and insurance companies on an unsecured basis and are 
subject to certain Group guarantees. $1,185.5 million (refer to 
Note C9) of these facilities were utilised as at 30 June 2017 with 
$738.3 million unutilised. These facilities have varying maturity 
dates between calendar years 2017 and 2020. 

The underlying risk being assumed by the relevant financier 
under all bonds is Group corporate credit risk, rather than 
project specific risk.

The Group has the flexibility in respect of certain committed 
facility amounts (shown as part of the unutilised bilateral bank 
loan facilities) which can, at the election of the Group, be utilised 
for bonding purposes.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continuedfor the year ended 30 June 2017E2. Financing facilities – continued

Refinancing requirements
Where existing facilities approach maturity, the Group will negotiate with existing and new financiers to extend the maturity date of 
these facilities. The Group’s financial metrics and credit rating as well as conditions in financial markets and other factors may influence 
the outcome of these negotiations.

Credit ratings
The Group has an Investment Grade credit rating of BBB (Outlook Stable) from Fitch Ratings. Where the credit rating is reduced or 
placed on negative watch, customers and suppliers may be less willing to contract with the Group. Furthermore, banks and other 
lending institutions may demand more stringent terms (including increased pricing, reduced tenors and lower facility limits) on debt 
and bonding facilities, to reflect the deteriorating credit risk profile.

Note

2017
$’m 

2016
$’m 

E3. Commitments

a) Capital expenditure commitments
Plant and equipment and other
Within one year
Between one and five years

b) Operating lease commitments 
Non-cancellable operating leases relate to premises with lease terms of between one to 20 years. 
Within one year
Between one and five years
Greater than five years

Non-cancellable operating leases relate to plant and equipment with lease terms of between  
one to seven years. 
Within one year
Between one and five years
Greater than five years

c) Catering rights
Catering rights relates to exclusive secured catering rights arrangement with customers.
Within one year
Between one and five years
Greater than five years

d) Finance lease commitments
Finance leases relate to plant and equipment with lease terms of between one to five years. 
Within one year
Between one and five years
Minimum finance lease payments
Future finance charges
Finance lease liabilities

Included in the financial statements as:
Current borrowings 
Non-current borrowings 

E1
E1

74.2 
14.0 
88.2 

79.0 
201.9 
157.1 
438.0 

71.8 
91.9 
6.9 
170.6 

28.7
92.8
9.1
130.6

21.5 
15.3 
36.8 
(1.6)
35.2 

20.4 
14.8 
35.2 

18.2 
–
18.2 

56.0 
155.3 
138.0 
349.3 

58.9 
76.8 
6.9 
142.6 

–
–
–
–

14.1 
14.3 
28.4 
(1.4)
27.0 

13.1 
13.9 
27.0 

Annual Report 2017  81

E3. Commitments – continued

e) Hire purchase liabilities
Within one year
Between one and five years
Minimum hire purchase payments
Future finance charges
Hire purchase liabilities

Included in the financial statements as:
Current borrowings 
Non-current borrowings

f) Operating lease expenses
Operating lease expenses relating to land and building
Operating lease expenses relating to plant and equipment
Total operating lease expenses

Note

2017
$’m 

2016
$’m 

E1
E1

0.4 
0.2 
0.6 
–
0.6 

0.4 
0.2 
0.6 

70.2 
92.9 
163.1 

0.6 
0.6 
1.2 
(0.1)
1.1 

0.5 
0.6 
1.1 

66.8 
105.6 
172.4

Recognition and measurement
Leases 
When the terms of a lease transfer substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership to the Group, the lease is classified as a finance 
lease. All other leases are classified as operating leases. 

(i) Operating leases
Operating lease payments are recognised as an expense on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease, except where another 
systematic basis is more representative of the time pattern in which economic benefits from the leased assets are consumed.

(ii) Finance leases 
Assets held under finance leases are initially recognised at an amount equal to the lower of their fair value or the present value of the 
minimum lease payments. Subsequently the assets are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the lesser of the estimated useful life or 
the lease term.

Finance lease payments are apportioned between the finance expense and the reduction of outstanding liability. The finance expense 
is allocated to each period during the lease term so as to achieve a constant rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability. 

82  Downer EDI Limited

Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continuedfor the year ended 30 June 2017E4. Issued capital

Ordinary shares
594,702,512 ordinary shares (2016: 424,785,204)
Unvested executive incentive shares
4,257,373 ordinary shares (2016: 4,453,456)
200,000,000 Redeemable Optionally Adjustable 
Distributing Securities (ROADS) (2016: 200,000,000)

a) Fully paid ordinary share capital
Fully paid ordinary shares carry one vote per share and carry the right to dividends.

2017
$’m

2016
$’m

2,263.2 

1,270.2 

(20.0)

(21.0)

178.6 
2,421.8 

178.6 
1,427.8 

Fully paid ordinary share capital
Balance at the beginning of the financial year
Group on-market share buy-back
Capital raising (i)
Capital raising costs net of tax
Balance at the end of the financial year

b) Unvested executive incentive shares
Balance at the beginning of the financial year
Vested executive incentive share transactions (ii)
Balance at the end of the financial year

2017

m’s 

$’m 

2016

m’s 

424.8 
–
169.9 
–
594.7 

4.5 
(0.2)
4.3 

1,270.2 
–
1,011.0 
(18.0)
2,263.2 

(21.0)
1.0 
(20.0)

432.7 
(7.9)
–
–
424.8 

5.3 
(0.8)
4.5 

$’m 

1,296.7 
(26.5)
–
–
1,270.2 

(26.2)
5.2 
(21.0)

(i)  Relates to 169.9 million shares issued from capital raising as part of the Spotless takeover offer where two new shares for every five outstanding shares were issued at a 

discounted price of $5.95 per share.

(ii)  Represents 196,083 vested shares for a value of $955,174, referable to the 2nd deferred component of the 2014 STI award and 1st deferred component of the 2015 STI. 

June 2016 figures referable to the first deferred component of the 2014 STI award totalling 842,537 vested shares for a value of $5,155,989. 

Unvested executive incentive shares are stock market purchases and are held by the Executive Employee Share Plan Trust under the 
Long Term Incentive (LTI) plan. From the 2011 LTI plan onwards, no dividends will be distributed on shares held in trust during the 
performance measurement and service periods. Accumulated dividends will be paid out to executives after all vesting conditions have 
been met. Otherwise, excess net dividends are retained in the trust to be used by the Company to acquire additional shares on the 
market for employee equity plans.

Annual Report 2017  83

 
E4. Issued capital – continued

c) Redeemable Optionally Adjustable Distributing  
Securities (ROADS)
Balance at the beginning and at the end of the financial year

2017

m’s 

$’m 

2016

m’s 

$’m 

200.0 

178.6 

200.0 

178.6 

ROADS are perpetual, redeemable, exchangeable preference shares. In accordance with the terms of the ROADS preference shares, 
the dividend rate for the one year commencing 15 June 2017 is 6.05% per annum (2016: 6.29% per annum) which is equivalent to the 
one year swap rate on 15 June 2017 plus the Step-up margin of 4.05% per annum.

Share options and performance rights
During the financial year 1,608,887 performance rights (2016: 2,130,318) in relation to unissued shares were granted to senior 
executives of the Group under the LTI plan. Further details of the Key Management Personnel (KMP) LTI plan are contained in the 
Remuneration Report.

Recognition and measurement 
Ordinary shares
Incremental costs directly attributed to the issue of ordinary shares are accounted for as a deduction from equity, net of any tax effects.

Executive incentive shares
When executive incentive shares subsequently vest to employees under the Downer employee share plans, the carrying value of the 
vested shares is transferred from issued capital to the employee benefits reserve. 

84  Downer EDI Limited

Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continuedfor the year ended 30 June 2017 
 
E5. Reserves 

2017 
$’m

Balance at 1 July 2016
Foreign currency translation difference
Change in fair value of cash flow hedges (net of tax)
Change in fair value of available-for-sale assets
Available-for-sale reserve transferred to profit or loss
Total comprehensive income for the year
Vested executive incentive share transactions
Share-based employee benefits expense
Income tax relating to share-based transactions  
during the year 
Balance at 30 June 2017

2016
Balance at 1 July 2015
Foreign currency translation difference
Change in fair value of cash flow hedges (net of tax)
Total comprehensive income for the year
Vested executive incentive share transactions
Share-based employee benefits expense
Income tax relating to share-based transactions  
during the year 
Balance at 30 June 2016

Foreign 
currency 
translation 
reserve

Employee 
benefits 
reserve

Available-
for-sale 
revaluation 
reserve

Hedge 
reserve

(2.6)
 – 
(3.6)
–
–
(3.6)
–
–

–
(6.2)

(0.3)
–
(2.3)
(2.3)
–
–

–
(2.6)

(18.4)
0.4 
–
–
–
0.4 
–
–

–
(18.0)

(27.8)
9.4 
–
9.4 
–
–

–
(18.4)

12.2 
 – 
–
–
–
–
(1.0)
5.6 

(2.7)
14.1 

12.3 
–
–
–
(5.2)
4.9 

0.2 
12.2 

 – 
 – 
–
18.3 
(19.1)
(0.8)
–
–

–
(0.8)

–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–

Total

(8.8)
0.4 
(3.6)
18.3 
(19.1)
(4.0)
(1.0)
5.6 

(2.7)
(10.9)

(15.8)
9.4 
(2.3)
7.1 
(5.2)
4.9 

0.2 
(8.8)

Hedge reserve
The hedge reserve comprises the effective portion of the cumulative net change in the fair value cash flow hedging instruments 
relating to future transactions.

Foreign currency translation reserve
The foreign currency translation reserve comprises foreign exchange differences arising from the translation of the financial statements 
of operations where their functional currency is different to the presentation currency of the Group.

Employee benefit reserve
The employee benefit reserve is used to recognise the fair value of share-based payments issued to employees over the vesting period, 
and to recognise the value attributable to the share-based payments during the reporting period.

Available-for-sale revaluation reserve
The fair value reserve includes the cumulative net movement above cost of the fair value of available-for-sale investment until the 
asset is realised or impaired or control of an acquiree is obtained at which time the cumulative gain or loss previously recognised in the 
available-for-sale revaluation reserve is included in the profit or loss.

Annual Report 2017  85

E6. Dividends

a) Ordinary shares

Dividend per share (in Australian cents)
Franking percentage
Cost (in $’m)
Dividend record date
Payment date

2017 
Final 

2017 
Interim 

2016
Final 

2016
Interim 

12.0
100%
71.4
12/09/2017
10/10/2017

12.0 
100%
51.0 
16/02/2017
16/03/2017

12.0
100%
 51.0 
18/08/2016
15/09/2016

12.0 
100%
 51.7 
18/02/2016
17/03/2016

Recognition and measurement
Provision is made for the amount of any dividend declared, being appropriately authorised and no longer at the discretion of the entity, 
before or at the end of the financial year but not distributed at balance date.

The final 2017 dividend has not been declared at the reporting date and therefore is not reflected in the consolidated 
financial statements.

Total

4.28 
100%
8.6 

Total

4.81 
100%
 9.6 

b) Redeemable Optionally Adjustable Distributing Securities (ROADS)
2017

Quarter 1

Quarter 2

Quarter 3

Quarter 4

Dividend per ROADS (in Australian cents)
New Zealand imputation credit percentage
Cost (in A$’m)
Payment date

1.08 
100%
2.1 
15/09/2016

1.09 
100%
2.2 
15/12/2016

1.03 
100%
2.1 
15/03/2017

1.08 
100%
2.2 
15/06/2017

2016

Quarter 1

Quarter 2

Quarter 3

Quarter 4

Dividend per ROADS (in Australian cents)
New Zealand imputation credit percentage
Cost (in A$’m)
Payment date

1.18 
100%
 2.4 
15/09/2015

1.22 
100%
 2.4 
15/12/2015

1.17 
100%
 2.3 
15/03/2016

1.24 
100%
 2.5 
15/06/2016

c) Franking credits
The franking account balance as at 30 June 2017 is nil (2016: nil).

86  Downer EDI Limited

Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continuedfor the year ended 30 June 2017F

Group structure

This section explains significant aspects of Downer’s group structure, including joint arrangements where the Group has interest 
in its controlled entities and how changes have affected the Group structure. It also provides information on business acquisitions 
and disposals made during the financial year as well as information relating to Downer’s related parties, the extent of related party 
transactions and the impact they had on the Group’s financial performance and position.

F1.  Joint arrangements and associate entities

F4.  Controlled entities

F2.  Acquisition of businesses

F3.  Disposal of subsidiary

F5.  Related party information

F6.  Parent entity disclosures

F1. Joint arrangements and associate entities

a) Interest in joint ventures and associates

Interest in joint ventures at the beginning of the financial year
Share of net profit 
Share of distributions
Acquisition of controlling interest
Acquisition of businesses
Foreign currency exchange differences
Interest in joint ventures at the end of the financial year 

Interest in associates at the beginning of the financial year
Share of net profit 
Share of distributions
Interest in associates at the end of the financial year 

Interest in joint ventures and associates 

Note

F2

2017
$’m 

17.3 
15.8 
(15.9)
–
1.8 
–
19.0 

64.3 
6.7 
(2.0)
69.0 

88.0

2016
$’m 

13.3 
14.4 
(9.6)
(1.1)
–
0.3 
17.3 

70.0 
3.3 
(9.0)
64.3 

81.6 

Annual Report 2017  87

F1. Joint arrangements and associate entities – continued

a) Interest in joint ventures and associates – continued
The Group has interests in the following joint ventures and associates which are equity accounted:

Name of arrangement

Principal activity

Ownership interest

Country of
operation

2017
% 

2016
% 

Asphalt plant
Construction of bitumen storage facility
Bitumen importer
Catering for functions at Eden Park

Joint ventures
Allied Asphalt Limited
Bitumen Importers Australia Joint Venture
Bitumen Importers Australia Pty Ltd
Eden Park Catering Limited (i)
EDI Rail-Bombardier Transportation Pty Ltd Sale and maintenance of railway rolling stock
Emulco Limited
Isaac Asphalt Limited 
RTL Mining and Earthworks Pty Ltd 
VEC Shaw Joint Venture
ZFS Functions (Pty) Ltd (i)

Emulsion plant
Manufacture and supply of asphalt
Contract mining, civil works and plant hire
Road construction
Catering for functions at Federation Square

New Zealand
Australia
Australia
New Zealand
Australia
New Zealand
New Zealand
Australia
Australia
Australia

Associates

MHPS Plant Services Pty Ltd

Keolis Downer Pty Ltd
Reliance Rail Pty Ltd (ii)

Refurbishment, construction and maintenance  
of boilers
Operation and maintenance of Gold Coast light  
rail, Melbourne tram network and bus operation
Rail manufacturing and maintenance

Australia

Australia
Australia

50 
50 
50 
50
50 
50 
50 
44 
50 
50 

27 

49 
49 

50 
50 
50 
–
50 
50 
50 
44 
50 
–

27 

49
49 

(i)  Spotless joint ventures acquired as part of the Spotless Group Holdings Limited acquisition. Refer to Note F2. 
(ii)   Downer previously wrote down its investment in Reliance Rail Pty Ltd to nil. The New South Wales Government has the right in February 2018 to acquire Downer’s ownership 

of Reliance Rail Pty Ltd for nil consideration. As a consequence, Downer does not include Reliance Rail Pty Ltd in its equity accounted disclosure. 

There are no material commitments held by joint ventures or associates.
All joint ventures and associates have a statutory reporting date of 30 June, with the exception of MHPS Plant Services Pty Ltd which 
has a statutory reporting date of 31 March.

Recognition and measurement
Equity accounting 
(i) Investments in joint ventures
Investments in joint ventures are accounted for using the equity method of accounting. 

(ii) Investments in associates 
Investments in entities over which the Group has the ability to exercise significant influence, but not control, are accounted for using 
the equity method of accounting. The investment in associates is carried at cost plus post-acquisition changes in the Group’s share of 
the associates’ net assets, less any impairment in value.

Proportionate consolidation 
Joint operations
Joint operations give the Group the right to the underlying assets and obligations for liabilities and are accounted for by recognising 
the share of those assets and liabilities.

88  Downer EDI Limited

Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continuedfor the year ended 30 June 2017F1. Joint arrangements and associate entities – continued

b) Interest in joint operations
The Group has interests in the following joint operations which are proportionately consolidated:

Name of joint operation

Principal activity

Ownership interest

Country of
operation

2017
% 

2016
% 

BPL Downer Joint Venture
CDJV Construction Pty Ltd

China Hawkins Construction JV
Clough Downer Joint Venture
CMC and Downer Joint Venture
Concrete Paving Recycling Pty Ltd
Dampier Highway Joint Venture
Downer-Carey Mining JV

Downer Clough Joint Venture
Downer Daracon Joint Venture
Downer EDI Works Pty Ltd & Leighton 
Contractors Pty Ltd
Downer Electrical GHD JV (i)
Downer HEB Joint Venture

DownerMouchel (ii)
DownerMouchel Services Pty Ltd

Downer New Zealand Projects 1 Limited & 
Soletanche Bachy International (NZ) Limited
Downer York Joint Venture
Hatch Downer JV
HCMT Supplier JV
John Holland EDI Joint Venture 
John Holland Pty Ltd & Downer Utilities 
Australia Pty Ltd Partnership
Karlayura ReGen Joint Venture
Landloch ReGen Joint Venture

Building construction
Employment of labour force deployed in 
Clough Downer
Building Construction
Gas compression facilities and pipelines
Road construction
Road maintenance
Highway construction and design
Management of run of mine and ore 
rehandling services
Ammonium nitrate production
Construction
Design and construction of rail works

Traffic control infrastructure
Design and build of the New Zealand 
National War Memorial Park 
Road maintenance
Employment of labour force deployed in 
DownerMouchel in New South Wales
Enabling works for Auckland City Rail Link

Singapore
Australia

New Zealand
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia

Australia
Australia
Australia

Australia
New Zealand

Australia
Australia

New Zealand

Tramline extension
Australia
Design and construction of solvent extraction plant Australia
Australia
Rail build supplier
Research reactor
Australia
Operation of water recycling plant at Mackay
Australia

Road construction
Rehabilitation works, earthworks and plant 
monitoring and maintenance
Design and construction of pipes and structures
Road construction
Road construction

LD&C Joint Venture
Leighton Works Joint Venture
Macdow Downer Joint Venture  
(Russley Road)
Macdow Downer Joint Venture (CSM2)
Macdow Downer Joint Venture (Connectus)  Rail construction
Organic Water Joint Venture

Road construction

Synergy Joint Venture 
Thiess Downer EDI Works

Design, construction and operation  
of water recycling plant
Road and pavement construction
Construction of coast to coast railway

Australia
Australia

Australia
New Zealand
New Zealand

New Zealand
New Zealand
Australia

Australia
Australia

50 
50 

50 
50 
50 
49 
50 
46 

50 
50 
50 

90 
50 

60 
50 

50 

50 
50 
50 
40 
50 

50 
(iii)

37.5 
50 
50 

50 
50 
50 

33 
25 

50 
50 

–
50 
50 
–
50 
46 

50 
50 
50 

90 
50 

60 
50 

50 

–
50 
–
40 
50 

50 
(iii)

37.5 
50 
50 

–
–
50 

33 
25 

Annual Report 2017  89

F1. Joint arrangements and associate entities – continued

b) Interest in joint operations – continued

Name of joint operation
Thiess VEC Joint Venture
Utilita Water Solutions
Waanyi ReGen JV
Wiri Train Depot Joint Venture
York Civil Pty Ltd and Downer EDI 
Engineering Pty Ltd Joint Venture (iv)

Principal activity
Highway construction
Plant maintenance
Rehab contract services
Construction of the Wiri train depot
Construction of water pump station

Ownership interest

Country of
operation
Australia
Australia
Australia
New Zealand
Australia

2017
% 

50 
50 
50 
50 
–

2016
% 
50 
50 
–
50 
50 

(i)  Contractual arrangement prevents control despite ownership of more than 50% of these joint ventures.
(ii)  The joint arrangement specifies 50% interest, except where an Integrated Service Arrangement (ISA) obligation is in place, whereby Downer EDI Limited has a 60% interest.
(iii)  Joint control is effected through unanimous vote by joint venture partners to direct the joint arrangement’s relevant activities however the Group’s interest may vary based 

on discrete phases of works performed.

(iv)  Downer’s interest in the joint operation was disposed of during the financial year ended 30 June 2017 following completion of the contract.

F2. Acquisition of businesses 

2017
The goodwill arising from acquisitions made during the financial year ended 30 June 2017 is as follows:

Cash
Consideration payable
Contingent consideration
Available-for-sale investment fair value gain
Non-controlling interest at fair value

Less: Net identifiable (liabilities) / assets acquired
Goodwill arising from acquisitions

(i)  Other includes the acquisition of Hawkins, ITS PipeTech, RPQ and AGIS.

Note

C5

Spotless
 $’m 

Other (i)
 $’m 

Total
 $’m 

 702.1 
 110.8 
–
 19.1 
 435.2 
1,267.2
(384.1)
 1,651.3

 148.0 
–
 20.2 
–
–
168.2
 20.3 
 147.9 

 850.1 
 110.8 
 20.2 
 19.1 
 435.2 
1,435.4
(363.8)
 1,799.2 

90  Downer EDI Limited

Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continuedfor the year ended 30 June 2017F2. Acquisition of businesses – continued

2017 – continued
The provisional value of assets and liabilities recognised as a result of the acquisitions made in the financial year ended 
30 June 2017 is as follows:

Cash and other cash equivalents
Trade and other receivables
Inventories
Other current assets
Equity accounted investments
Property, plant and equipment
Intangibles
Non-current trade and other receivables
Net deferred tax asset / (liability) 
Other non-current assets
Current tax receivable
Intercompany amounts receivable by the Group on acquisition
Trade and other payables
Provisions
Borrowings
Financial liabilities
Current tax payable
Non–current trade and other payables
Effects of foreign exchange translation
Net identifiable (liabilities) / assets acquired

Note

Spotless
$’m 

Other (i)
$’m 

Total
$’m 

F1
C6
C7

B4

66.0 
412.7
32.0 
11.3 
1.8 
281.2
65.9 
73.4 
59.4
25.8 
–
–
(381.6)
(162.7)
(848.3)
(2.3)
(7.2)
(11.5)
–
(384.1)

5.4 
63.7 
3.0 
0.2 
–
26.2 
23.1 
–
(3.7)
–
0.1 
1.5 
(86.2)
(13.6)
–
–
–
–
0.6 
20.3 

71.4 
476.4
35.0 
11.5 
1.8 
307.4
89.0 
73.4 
55.7
25.8 
0.1 
1.5 
(467.8)
(176.3)
(848.3)
(2.3)
(7.2)
(11.5)
0.6 
(363.8)

The total net cash outflow as a result of the acquisitions made during the financial year ended 30 June 2017 is as follows: 

Gross purchase consideration (ii)
Less: Net cash acquired
Less: Contingent consideration
Total cash consideration

Spotless (iii)
$’m 

 702.1 
(66.0)
–
 636.1 

Other (i)
$’m 

 168.8 
(5.4)
(20.2)
 143.2 

Total
$’m 

 870.9 
(71.4)
(20.2)
 779.3 

(i)  Other includes the acquisition of Hawkins, ITS PipeTech, RPQ and AGIS. 
(ii) 
(iii)  If the acquisition had taken place effective 1 July 2016, with 100% control being achieved, Spotless would have contributed additional revenue of $3,006.3 million and loss 

Included in Other is the $0.6 million final deferred consideration payment made for Scarrif Pipelines which was acquired on 1 July 2013.

after tax of $347.4 million.

The valuation techniques used for measuring the fair value of material assets acquired were as follows:

Asset acquired

Valuation technique

Trade and other receivables

Cost technique – considers the expected economic benefits receivable when due.

Property, plant and equipment

Market comparison technique and cost technique: the valuation model considers quoted market 
prices for similar items when available and depreciated replacement cost when appropriate.

Intangible assets

Multi-period excess earnings method: considers the present value of net cash flows expected to 
be generated by the customer contracts and relationships, intellectual property and brand names, 
excluding any cash flows related to contributory assets. For the valuation of certain brand names, 
discounted cash flow under the relief from royalty valuation methodology has been utilised.

Trade and other payables 

Cost technique – considers the expected economic outflow of resources when due.

Borrowings

Provisions

Cost technique – considers the expected economic outflow of resources when due.

Cost technique – considers the probable economic outflow of resources when the obligation arises.

Annual Report 2017  91

F2. Acquisition of businesses – continued

2017 – continued
Spotless
Spotless operates in Australia and New Zealand and provides 
outsourced facility services, catering and laundry services, 
technical and engineering services, maintenance and asset 
management services and refrigeration solutions to various 
industries. The acquisition of Spotless enhances the Group’s 
contract portfolio, with long-term contracts that provide high 
certainty over revenues; contributes a complementary, high 
quality customer base and makes Downer an integrated services 
provider with a comprehensive range of capabilities.

On 20 March 2017, the Group acquired an interest equivalent to 
19.99% in the issued capital of Spotless Group Holdings Limited 
(Spotless) which comprised the following:
 – 15% shareholding at a weighted average of $1.146 

per share; and 

 – An economic interest equivalent to 4.99% accumulated via 
total return cash-settled equity swap, at a weighted average 
reference price of $0.815 per share. 

On obtaining the initial shareholding the Group announced an 
offer for the remaining shares pursuant to a takeover at a price of 
$1.15 per share.

On 27 June 2017, the Group obtained an interest stake in 
Spotless of 50.3%, which gave the Group control over Spotless. 
The acquisition of an interest exceeding 50% triggered an 
automatic two weeks extension to the Offer period to 11 July 
2017. During the automatic extension period, the Group obtained 
an additional 15.4% interest in Spotless, taking total ownership to 
65.7%. Consequently, a Non-Controlling Interest (NCI) of 34.3% 
has been recognised as at 30 June 2017.

The Group has elected to recognise the NCI at fair value, which 
has been assessed to be the offer share price on the date of 
control ($1.15 per share). This resulted in a minority interest of 
$435.2 million being recognised at 30 June 2017.

On consolidation, the investment in Spotless and pre-acquisition 
equity balances have been eliminated with a preliminary 
recognition of goodwill of $1,651.3 million. Due to the proximity 
of the acquisition to the financial year end, the accounting of 
the Spotless acquisition will remain provisionally determined 
at 30 June 2017 with the determination of the fair value of the 
acquired identifiable assets and liabilities to be finalised in 
FY18, as the measurement period allowed by AASB 3 Business 
Combinations is up to 12 months from the date of acquisition.

92  Downer EDI Limited

The following table summarises the NCI in relation to the 
Spotless acquisition:

Current assets
Non-current assets
Current liabilities
Non-current liabilities
Net assets
NCI percentage
Net assets attributable to NCI

$’m
522.0
2,158.8
(1,359.0)
(54.6)
1,267.2
34.343%
435.2

Hawkins
On 31 March 2017, the Group acquired the businesses of 
Hawkins, for a gross consideration of $55.4 million. The principal 
activities of Hawkins include construction, infrastructure 
development and project management throughout New Zealand. 
The Hawkins acquisition will complement existing engineering, 
construction and maintenance capabilities in New Zealand.

The total cash outflow for this acquisition was $52.6 million 
which comprised gross consideration of $55.4 million net of 
$2.8 million cash balances acquired. The purchase consideration 
was paid in two separate payments in March and June 2017.

At the date of acquisition, the net asset value of Hawkins was 
($16.3) million due to negative working capital of the business, 
resulting in $71.7 million of goodwill being recognised. The Group 
has reported a provisional purchase price allocation with 
the identification of intangible assets on acquisition not yet 
completed due to the proximity of the transaction to year end.

ITS PipeTech
On 31 March 2017, the Group acquired 100% of ITS PipeTech Pty 
Ltd (ITS), for a gross consideration of $45.0 million. The principal 
activities of ITS include pipe bursting, civil maintenance and 
robotics. ITS complements, grows and broadens existing pipeline 
capabilities in the Utilities business.

The total cash outflow for this acquisition was $41.1 million 
which comprised gross consideration of $45.0 million, net of 
$0.6 million cash balances acquired and $3.3 million contingent 
consideration. The contingent consideration is payable based 
on achievement of financial targets over the periods through 
to 30 June 2020.

At the date of acquisition, the net asset value of ITS was 
$14.3 million inclusive of $9.4 million of acquired intangibles, 
$1.6 million of customer contracts and $7.8 million of intellectual 
property, resulting in $30.7 million of goodwill being recognised. 
The Group has reported a provisional purchase price allocation 
as the final determination of the fair value of acquired identifiable 
assets and liabilities has not yet been finalised. 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continuedfor the year ended 30 June 2017F2. Acquisition of businesses – continued

2017 – continued
RPQ Group
On 30 September 2016, the Group acquired 100% of RPQ Group 
(RPQ) for a gross consideration of $51.1 million. The principal 
activities of RPQ include the supply of asphalt, bitumen spray 
sealing, road milling and profiling, road maintenance, foam 
bitumen stabilisation, mobile asphalt production, mobile crushing 
and equipment hire. The RPQ acquisition increases the Group’s 
capabilities in the Transport business.

The total cash outflow for this acquisition was $42.8 million 
which comprised gross consideration of $51.1 million, net of 
$0.8m cash balances acquired and $7.5 million contingent 
consideration. The contingent consideration comprises two 
seperate conditions being to cover claims relating to warranties 
and indemnities from pre-acquisition activities and a restraint for 
the manufacture of certain products.

At the date of acquisition, the net asset value of RPQ was 
$15.8 million inclusive of $5.0 million of acquired intangibles, 
$2.0 million of customer contracts and $3.0 million of brand 
names, resulting in $35.3 million of goodwill being recognised.

AGIS
On 1 July 2016, the Group acquired 100% of AGIS Group 
Pty Limited (AGIS) for a gross consideration of $16.7 million. 
AGIS provides project management, systems engineering and 
integration, and capability development advice to a range of 
government agencies including the Department of Defence, 
Australian Defence Forces and the Department of Foreign Affairs 
and Trade. The AGIS acquisition expands the Group’s footprint in 
the Defence sector.

Total cash outflow for this acquisition was $6.1 million, 
which comprised gross consideration of $16.7 million, net of 
$1.2 million cash balances acquired and $9.4 million contingent 
consideration. The contingent consideration is payable based 
on earnout metrics being met over the next three years. At the 
date of acquisition, the net asset value of AGIS was $6.5 million 
inclusive of $6.9 million of acquired intangibles, $5.2 million of 
customer contracts and $1.7 million of brand names, resulting in 
$10.2 million of goodwill being recognised.

Goodwill from Acquisitions
The goodwill resulting from the above acquisitions represents 
the future market development, expected revenue growth 
opportunities, technical talent and expertise, and the benefits 
of expected synergies. These benefits are not recognised 
separately from goodwill because they do not meet the 
recognition criteria for identifiable intangible assets. None of 
the goodwill arising from these acquisitions is expected to be 
deductible for tax purposes.

2016
Green Vision Recycling Limited
On 18 December 2015, the Group acquired the remaining 67% 
of Green Vision Recycling Limited for $0.9 million. Green Vision 
is a New Zealand company specialised in recycling horizontal 
infrastructure (roads, footpath, kerbs and soil).

Recognition and measurement
Business Combinations
The Group accounts for business combinations using the 
acquisition method when control is transferred to the Group. 
The consideration transferred in the acquisition is measured at 
fair value. Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred in 
profit or loss. 

(i) Acquisition achieved in stages
Where a business combination is achieved in stages, the Group’s 
previously held equity interest in the acquiree is remeasured to 
fair value at the acquisition date (i.e. the date when the Group 
attains control) and the resulting gain or loss, if any, is recognised 
in profit or loss. Amounts arising from interests in the acquiree 
prior to the acquisition date that have previously been recognised 
in other comprehensive income are reclassified to profit or loss 
where such treatment would be appropriate if that interest were 
disposed of or control of the acquiree obtained.

(ii) Contingent consideration
The subsequent accounting for changes in the fair value of 
contingent consideration that do not qualify as measurement 
period adjustments depends on how the contingent consideration 
is classified. Contingent consideration that is classified as 
equity is not remeasured at subsequent reporting dates and its 
subsequent settlement is accounted for within equity.

Contingent consideration that is classified as an asset or 
liability is remeasured at subsequent reporting dates with the 
corresponding gain or loss being recognised in profit or loss.

(iii) Non-controlling interest
The Group can elect, on an acquisition by acquisition basis, 
to recognise non-controlling interests in an acquired entity 
either at fair value or at the non-controlling interest’s share of 
the acquired entity’s net identifiable assets / (liabilities). 

Key estimate and judgement: Accounting 
for acquisition of businesses
Accounting for acquisition of businesses requires judgement 
and estimates in determining the fair value of acquired assets 
and liabilities. The relevant accounting standard allows the 
fair value of assets acquired to be refined for a window of a 
year after the acquisition date and judgement is required to 
ensure that the adjustments made reflect new information 
obtained about facts and circumstances that existed as of 
the acquisition date. The adjustments made on fair value of 
assets are retrospective in nature and have an impact on 
goodwill recognised on acquisition. 

Annual Report 2017  93

F3. Disposal of subsidiary

2017
The Group did not dispose any business during the period ended 30 June 2017.

2016
On 31 August 2015, the Group sold the Rimtec business to Rimex Wheel Pty Ltd for a total consideration of $7.2 million. The Group 
incurred a $2.3 million loss as a result of this transaction.

F4. Controlled entities
The controlled entities of the Group listed below were wholly owned during the current and prior year, unless otherwise stated:

Australia
AGIS Group Pty Ltd (iii)
ASPIC Infrastructure Pty Ltd (iii)
Dean Adams Consulting Pty Ltd
Downer Australia Pty Ltd
Downer EDI Associated Investments Pty Ltd
Downer EDI Engineering Company Pty Limited
Downer EDI Engineering CWH Pty Limited
Downer EDI Engineering Electrical Pty Ltd
Downer EDI Engineering Group Pty Limited
Downer EDI Engineering Holdings Pty Ltd
Downer EDI Engineering Power Pty Ltd
Downer EDI Engineering Pty Limited
Downer EDI Engineering Transmission Pty Ltd (ii)
Downer EDI Limited Tax Deferred Employee Share Plan
Downer EDI Mining Pty Ltd
Downer EDI Mining-Blasting Services Pty Ltd
Downer EDI Mining-Minerals Exploration Pty Ltd
Downer EDI Rail Pty Ltd
Downer EDI Services Pty Ltd
Downer EDI Works Pty Ltd
Downer Energy Systems Pty Limited
Downer Group Finance Pty Limited
Downer Holdings Pty Limited
Downer Investments Holdings Pty Ltd (v)
Downer Mining Regional NSW Pty Ltd
Downer PPP Investments Pty Ltd
Downer Utilities Australia Pty Ltd
Downer Utilities Holdings Australia Pty Ltd
Downer Utilities Networks Pty Ltd
Downer Utilities New Zealand Pty Ltd
Downer Utilities Projects Pty Ltd
Downer Utilities SDR Australia Pty Ltd
Downer Utilities SDR Pty Ltd
Downer Victoria PPP Maintenance Pty Ltd (v)
EDI Rail PPP Maintenance Pty Ltd
EDICO Pty Ltd
Emoleum Partnership
Emoleum Road Services Pty Ltd
Emoleum Roads Group Pty Ltd
Emoleum Services Pty Limited
Evans Deakin Industries Pty Ltd
Faxgroove Pty. Limited (ii)
ITS PipeTech Pty Ltd (iii)
LNK Group Pty Ltd (v)
Locomotive Demand Power Pty Ltd
Lowan (Management) Pty. Ltd.
Maclab Services Pty Ltd (iii)
Mineral Technologies (Holdings) Pty Ltd
Mineral Technologies Pty Ltd
New South Wales Spray Seal Pty Ltd (iii)

94  Downer EDI Limited

Australia – continued
Otraco International Pty Ltd
Otracom Pty Ltd
Primary Producers Improvers Pty Ltd
QCC Resources Pty Ltd (iv)
Rail Services Victoria Pty Ltd
REJV Services Pty Ltd
Reussi Pty Ltd (ii)
Roche Bros. Superannuation Pty. Ltd.
Roche Services Pty Ltd
RPC Roads Pty Ltd
RPQ Pty Ltd (iii)
RPQ Asphalt Pty Ltd (iii)
RPQ North Coast Pty Ltd (iii)
RPQ Services Pty Ltd (iii)
RPQ Spray Seal Pty Ltd (iii)
SACH Infrastructure Pty Ltd
Snowden Holdings Pty Ltd
Snowden Mining Industry Consultants Pty Ltd
Snowden Technologies Pty Ltd
Southern Asphalters Pty Ltd
Trico Asphalt Pty Ltd (iii)
VEC Civil Engineering Pty Ltd
VEC Plant and Equipment Pty Ltd

New Zealand and Pacific
A F Downer Memorial Scholarship Trust
DGL Investments Limited
Downer Construction (Fiji) Limited
Downer Construction (New Zealand) Limited
Downer Construction PNG Limited
Downer EDI Engineering PNG Limited (v)
Downer EDI Engineering Power Limited
Downer EDI Mining NZ Limited
Downer EDI Works Vanuatu Limited
Downer New Zealand Limited
Downer New Zealand Projects 1 Limited
Downer New Zealand Projects 2 Limited
Downer New Zealand Projects 3 Limited (v)
Downer Utilities Alliance New Zealand Limited
Downer Utilities New Zealand Limited
Downer Utilities PNG Limited
Green Vision Recycling Limited
Hawkins 2017 Limited (iii)
Hawkins Project 1 Limited (iii)
ITS Pipetech (Fiji) Limited (iii)
Richter Drilling (PNG) Limited
Roche Mining (PNG) Limited (iv)
Techtel Training & Development Limited
Underground Locators Limited
Waste Solutions Limited
Works Finance (NZ) Limited

Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continuedfor the year ended 30 June 2017Africa
Downer EDI Mining – Ghana Ltd
MD Mineral Technologies SA (Pty) Ltd.
MD Mining and Mineral Services (Pty) Ltd (i)
Otraco Botswana (Proprietary) Limited
Otraco Southern Africa (Pty) Ltd
Otraco Tyre Management Namibia (Proprietary) Limited
Snowden Mining Industry Consultants (Proprietary) Ltd
Snowden Training (Pty) Ltd

Asia
Chan Lian Construction Pte Ltd
ChangChun Ao Hua Technical Consulting Co Ltd (v)
Chang Chun Ao Da Technical Consulting Co Ltd
Downer EDI Engineering Holdings (Thailand) Limited
Downer EDI Engineering Thailand Ltd
Downer EDI Engineering (S) Pte Ltd
Downer EDI Group Insurance Pte Ltd
Downer EDI Rail (Hong Kong) Limited
Downer EDI Works (Hong Kong) Limited
Downer Pte Ltd
Downer Singapore Pte Ltd
Duffill Watts Pte Ltd
Duffill Watts Vietnam Ltd (iv)
MD Mineral Technologies Private Limited
PT Duffill Watts Indonesia
PT Otraco Indonesia

Americas
DBS Chile SpA
Mineral Technologies Comercio de Equipamentos para
Processamento de Minerais LTD
Mineral Technologies, Inc.
Otraco Brasil Gerenciamento de Pneus Ltda
Otraco Chile SA
Snowden Consultoria do Brasil Limitada
Snowden Mining Industry Consultants Inc.

United Kingdom
Sillars (B. & C.E.) Limited
Sillars (TMWD) Limited
Sillars Holdings Limited
Sillars Road Construction Limited
Snowden Mining Industry Consultants Limited
Works Infrastructure (Holdings) Limited
Works Infrastructure Limited
Spotless (vi)
AE Smith & Son Proprietary Ltd (vii)
AE Smith & Son (SEQ) Pty Ltd
AE Smith & Son (NQ) Pty Ltd
AE Smith Building Technologies Pty Ltd
AE Smith Service Holdings Pty Ltd
AE Smith Service Pty Ltd
AE Smith Service (SEQ) Pty Ltd
Aladdin Group Services Pty Limited (vii)
Aladdin Holdings Pty Limited (vii)

Spotless (vi) – continued
Aladdin Laundry Pty Limited (vii)
Aladdin Linen Supply Pty Limited (vii)
Asset Services (Aust) Pty Ltd (vii)
Berkeley Challenge Pty Limited (vii)
Berkeley Challenge (Management) Pty Limited (vii)
Berkeleys Franchise Services Pty Ltd (vii)
Berkeley Railcar Services Pty Ltd (vii)
Bonnyrigg Management Pty Ltd (vii)
Cleandomain Proprietary Limited (vii)
Cleanevent Australia Pty Ltd (vii)
Cleanevent Holdings Pty Ltd (vii)
Cleanevent International Pty Ltd (vii)
Cleanevent Technology Pty Ltd (vii)
Emerald ESP Pty Ltd
Ensign Services (Aust) Pty Ltd (vii)
Errolon Pty Ltd (vii)
Fieldforce Services Pty Ltd (vii)
Infrastructure Constructions Pty Ltd (vii)
International Linen Service Pty Ltd (vii)
Monteon Pty Ltd (vii)
Nationwide Venue Management Pty Ltd (vii)
Nuvogroup (Australia) Pty Ltd (vii)
NG-Serv Pty Ltd (vii)
Pacific Industrial Services BidCo Pty Limited (vii)
Pacific Industrial Services FinCo Pty Limited (vii)
Riley Shelley Services Pty Ltd (vii)
Skilltech Consulting Services Pty Ltd (vii)
Skilltech Metering Solutions Pty Ltd (vii)
Sports Venue Services Pty Ltd (vii)
Spotless Defence Services Pty Ltd (vii)
Spotless Facility Services Pty Ltd (vii)
Spotless Financing Pty Limited (vii)
Spotless Group Holdings Limited
Spotless Group Limited (vii)
Spotless Investment Holdings Pty Ltd (vii)
Spotless Management Services Pty Ltd (vii)
Spotless Property Cleaning Services Pty Ltd (vii)
Spotless Securities Plan (Pty) Ltd (vii)
Spotless Services Australia Limited (vii)
Spotless Services International Pty Ltd (vii)
Spotless Services Limited (vii)
Spotless Facility Services (NZ) Limited
Spotless Holdings (NZ) Limited
Spotless Treasury Pty Ltd (vii)
SSL Asset Services (Management) Pty Ltd (vii)
SSL Facilities Management Real Estate Services Pty Ltd (vii)
SSL Security Services Pty Ltd (vii)
Taylors Two Two Seven Pty Ltd (vii)
Trenchless Group Pty Ltd (vii)
UAM Pty Ltd (vii)
Utility Services Group Holdings Pty Ltd (vii)
Utility Services Group Limited (vii)

(i)  70% ownership interest.
(ii)  Entity currently undergoing liquidation.
(iii)  Entity acquired during the financial year ended 30 June 2017.
(iv)  Entity liquidated during the financial year ended 30 June 2017.
(v)  Entity incorporated during the financial year ended 30 June 2017.
(vi)  Entity acquired as part of the Spotless Group Holdings Limited acquisition. The ownership interest equals to the ownership interest in Spotless described in Note F2.
(vii)  These Spotless wholly-owned entities all form part of the tax consolidated group of which Spotless Group Holdings Limited is the head entity.

Annual Report 2017  95

F5. Related party information

a) Transactions within the wholly-owned Group
Aggregate amounts receivable from and payable to wholly-owned subsidiaries are included within total assets and liabilities balances as 
disclosed in Note F6. Amounts contributed to the defined contribution plan are disclosed in Note D1.

Other transactions occurred during the financial year between the parent entity and wholly-owned subsidiaries, as well as between 
entities in the wholly-owned Group, are on normal arm’s length commercial terms.

b) Equity interests in related parties
Equity interests in subsidiaries
Details of the percentage of ordinary shares held in controlled entities are disclosed in Note F4.

Equity interests in joint arrangements and associate entities 
Details of interests in joint arrangements and associate entities are disclosed in Note F1. 

c)  Controlling entity
The parent entity of the Group is Downer EDI Limited.

F6. Parent entity disclosures

a)  Financial Position

Assets
Current assets
Non-current assets
Total assets

Liabilities
Current liabilities
Non-current liabilities
Total liabilities
Net assets

Equity
Issued capital
Retained earnings

Reserves
Employee benefits reserve
Total equity

b) Financial performance
Profit for the year
Total comprehensive income

Company

2017
$’m 

2016
$’m 

1,108.8 
1,305.2 
2,414.0 

29.9 
6.4 
36.3 
2,377.7

2,243.2 

120.4 

14.1
2,377.7

505.9 
894.7 
1,400.6 

30.6 
3.8 
34.4 
1,366.2

1,249.2 

104.8 

12.2
1,366.2

117.6 
117.6 

172.2 
172.2 

c)  Guarantees entered into by the parent entity in relation to debts of its subsidiaries
The parent entity has, in the normal course of business, entered into guarantees in relation to the debts of its subsidiaries during the 
financial year.

d) Contingent liabilities of the parent entity
The parent entity has no contingent liabilities as at 30 June 2017 (2016: nil) other than those disclosed in Note C9.

The parent entity does not have any commitments for acquisition of property, plant and equipment as at 30 June 2017 (2016: nil).

96  Downer EDI Limited

Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continuedfor the year ended 30 June 2017G

Other

This section provides details on other required disclosures relating to the Group to comply with the accounting standards 
and other pronouncements including the Group’s capital and financial risk management disclosure. This disclosure provides 
information around the Group’s risk management policies and how Downer uses derivatives to hedge the underlying exposure to 
changes in interest rates and to foreign exchange rate fluctuations.

G1.  New accounting standards

G2.  Capital and financial risk management

G3.  Other financial assets and liabilities 

G1. New accounting standards

a) New and amended accounting standards adopted by 
the Group
In the current year, the Group has applied a number of new and 
revised accounting standards issued by the Australian Accounting 
Standards Board (AASB) that are mandatorily effective for an 
accounting period that begins on or after 1 July 2016, as follows:
 – AASB 2014-3 Amendments to Australian Accounting 

Standards – Accounting for Acquisitions of Interests in 
Joint Operations;

 – AASB 2015-1 Amendments to Australian Accounting 

Standards – Annual Improvements to Australian Accounting 
Standards 2012-2014 Cycle;

 – AASB 2015-2 Amendments to Australian Accounting 
Standards – Disclosure Initiative: Amendments 
to AASB 101; and

 – AASB 2015-9 Amendments to Australian Accounting 
Standards – Scope and Application Paragraphs.

Adoption of these standards has not resulted in any material 
changes to the Group’s financial statements.

b) New accounting standards and interpretations not 
yet adopted
The following standards, amendments to standards and 
interpretations are relevant to current operations. They are 
available for early adoption but have not been applied by the 
Group in this Financial Report.

AASB 9 – Financial Instruments 
AASB 9 addresses the classification, measurement and 
derecognition of financial assets and financial liabilities 
and introduces new rules for hedge accounting and a new 
impairment model for financial assets. The standard is not 
applicable until 1 July 2018. 

The Group expects existing hedge relationships would appear 
to qualify as continuing hedge relationships upon adoption of 
the new standard and does not expect the standard to have a 
significant impact on the recognition or measurement of the 
Group’s financial instruments. 

The new impairment model requires the recognition of 
impairment provisions based on expected credit losses rather 
than only incurred credit losses. Whilst the Group has yet to 
finalise its detailed assessment of the impact of AASB 9 and its 
interaction with AASB 15 it may result in earlier recognition of 
credit loss provisions. 

The new standard also introduces expanded disclosure 
requirements and changes in presentation. These are expected 
to change the nature and extent of the Group’s disclosure about 
its financial instruments particularly in the year of adoption of 
the new standard. 

AASB 15 – Revenue from Contracts with Customers
AASB 15 changes the way revenue is recognised and provides 
for a significant increase in the disclosure requirements for 
the business. The core principle is that an entity recognises 
revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to 
customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which 
the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods 
or services. This means that revenue will be recognised when 
control of goods or services is transferred rather than on transfer 
of risks and rewards. 

The standard is only expected to impact those contracts that 
are ongoing at the date of adoption. The Group is in the process 
of assessing the full impact of the application of AASB 15, which 
involves carrying out a review of all existing major contracts 
to ensure the impact and effect of the new standard is fully 
understood in advance of the effective date. As at 30 June 2017, 
a high level impact assessment has been performed across the 
Group along with detailed contract reviews on a sample of key 
contracts across the divisions. The Group has also performed 
project assessments across new long-term service contracts.

AASB 15 will become mandatory for reporting periods beginning 
on or after 1 July 2018. The Group does not intend to early 
adopt this standard before its mandatory effective date and 
therefore AASB 15 will be applied for the first time in the 2019 
Financial Report.

Annual Report 2017  97

G1. New accounting standards – continued

While a detailed assessment is yet to be concluded, the Group 
expects the following impacts:
 – AASB 15 has a higher threshold of probability and therefore 
revenue is to be recognised only when it is highly probable 
that a significant reversal will not occur. It is expected this 
will impact the timing/quantum of project variances, variable 
and incentive based payments, and claims recognised as 
part of “amounts due from customers under contract and 
rendering of services”.

 – AASB 15 requires only incremental costs of obtaining a 
contract to be capitalised and then expensed over the 
contract period. 

 – Implementation may require some development of current 

reporting systems and processes.

The new standard also introduces expanded disclosure 
requirements and changes in presentation, particularly in 
relation to key judgements and future revenue expected to be 
generated. These are expected to change the nature and extent 
of the Group’s disclosure about its revenue from contracts with 
customers and associated assets, particularly in the year of 
adoption of the new standard.

AASB 15 needs to be implemented either fully retrospectively, 
which would require restatement of comparatives, or using the 
cumulative effect method, which would not require a restatement 
of comparatives, upon the effective date of 1 July 2018. AASB 15 
contains a number of practical expedients for the full retrospective 
approach including the option to omit the restatement impact 
of completed contracts that begin and end within the same 
annual reporting period and / or completed at the beginning of 
the earliest period presented. The transaction price at the date 
of contract completion may also be used, rather than estimating 
variable consideration amounts in each comparative period. 
Contract modifications presented in the earliest reporting period 
may not be required to be separately evaluated. The Group is in 
the process of assessing the available options for transition.

AASB 16 – Leases 
AASB 16 will replace the current leasing standard AASB 117, and 
contains significant changes to the accounting treatment of 
leases around how to recognise, measure and disclose leases. 
The new standard provides a single lessee accounting model, 
requiring lessees to recognise assets and liabilities for all leases, 
with the exception of short-term (less than 12 months) and 
low value leases. AASB 16 applies to annual reporting periods 
beginning on or after 1 July 2019.

As at reporting date, the Group has non-cancellable operating 
lease commitments of $608.6 million (refer to Note E3 
Commitments). The Group manages its owned and leased assets 
to ensure there is an appropriate level of equipment to meet its 
current obligations and to tender for new work. The decision as 
to whether to lease or purchase an asset is dependent on the 
finance available at the time and the residual risk of ownership 
following the anticipated completion of the project.

98  Downer EDI Limited

To date, management has focused on the identification of 
the provisions of the standard which will most impact the 
Group and is in the process of determining whether any 
additional arrangements in excess of the current portfolio 
will be considered as a lease, together with a review of the 
lease contracts and financial reporting systems in place. 
As such, the Group has not quantified yet the effect of the 
new standard; however the following impacts are expected on 
implementation date:
 – Total assets and total liabilities will increase, due to the 

recognition of a “Right of Use Asset” and a “Lease Liability” 
grossing up the assets and liabilities in the Consolidated 
Statement of Financial Position;

 – Interest expense will increase due to the effective interest 
rate implicit in the lease, where the interest expense 
component is higher on early years on the lease;

 – Depreciation charge will increase as the right of use assets 

is recognised; 

 – Lease rental expenses will decrease due to the recognition of 

interest and depreciation noted above; and

 – Operating cash flows will be higher as repayment of the 
principle portion of all lease liabilities will be classified as 
financing activities.

AASB 16 needs to be implemented retrospectively, either with 
the restatement of comparatives or with the cumulative impact 
of application recognised as at 1 July 2019 under the modified 
retrospective approach. AASB 16 contains a number of practical 
expedients, one of which permits the classification of existing 
contracts as leases under current accounting standards to 
be carried over to AASB 16. Under the modified retrospective 
approach, on a lease-by-lease basis, the right of use of an asset 
may be deemed to be equivalent to the liability at transition or 
calculated retrospectively as at inception of the lease. The Group 
is in the process of assessing the available options for transition.

Other
The following new or amended standards are not expected 
to have a significant impact on the Group’s consolidated 
financial statements:
 – AASB 2016-1 Amendments to Australian Accounting 
Standards – Recognition of Deferred Tax Assets for 
Unrealised Losses;

 – AASB 2016-2 Amendments to Australian Accounting 

Standards – Disclosure Initiative: Amendments to AASB 107;

 – AASB 2016-5 Amendments to Australian Accounting 

Standards – Classification and Measurement of Share-based 
Payment Transactions; 

 – AASB 2014-10 Amendments to Australian Accounting 
Standards: Sale or Contribution of Assets Between an 
Investor and its Associate or Joint Venture; and 
 – IFRIC23 Uncertainties over Income Tax Treatments.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continuedfor the year ended 30 June 2017c) Foreign currency risk management
The Group undertakes certain transactions denominated in 
foreign currencies. As a result, exposures to exchange rate 
fluctuations arise. Exchange rate exposures are managed within 
approved policy parameters, utilising forward foreign exchange 
contracts and cross-currency swaps.

The carrying amounts of the Group’s material unhedged foreign 
currency denominated financial assets and financial liabilities at 
the reporting date are as follows:

Financial 
assets(i)

2017
$’m 

2016
$’m 

Financial 
liabilities(i)
2016
$’m 

2017
$’m 

1.9 
0.6 
0.1 
2.6 

 4.8 
 1.2 
 0.7 
6.7 

 11.8 
0.3 
1.0 
13.1 

 11.7 
–
–
11.7 

US dollar (USD) 
New Zealand dollar (NZD) 
Euro (EUR) 

(i)  The above table shows foreign currency financial assets and liabilities in 

Australian dollar equivalent.

G2. Capital and financial risk management

a) Capital risk management
The capital structure of the Group consists of debt and equity. 
The Group may vary its capital structure by adjusting the 
amount of dividends, returning capital to shareholders, issuing 
new shares or increasing or reducing debt.

The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard 
its ability to operate as a going concern so that it can meet all its 
financial obligations when they fall due, provide adequate returns 
to shareholders and maintain an appropriate capital structure 
to optimise its cost of capital, to maintain an Investment Grade 
credit rating and to ensure ongoing access to funding.

b) Financial risk management objectives
The Group’s Treasury function manages the funding, liquidity 
and financial risks of the Group. These risks include foreign 
exchange, interest rate, commodity and counterparty credit risk.

The Group may enter into a variety of derivative financial 
instruments to manage its exposures including:
i)  Forward foreign exchange contracts to hedge the exchange 
rate risk arising from cross-border trade flows, foreign 
income and debt service obligations;

ii)  Cross-currency interest rate swaps to manage the interest 
rate and currency risk associated with foreign currency 
denominated borrowings; and 

iii)  Interest rate swaps to manage interest rate risk.

The Group does not enter into or trade derivative financial 
instruments for speculative purposes. 

Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount 
reported in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position, 
when there is a legally enforceable right to offset the recognised 
amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis or 
realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously. No material 
amounts with a right to offset were identified in the Consolidated 
Statement of Financial Position. 

Annual Report 2017  99

G2. Capital and financial risk management – continued

c) Foreign currency risk management – continued
Foreign currency forward contracts
The following table summarises by currency, the Australian dollar (AUD) value (unless otherwise stated) of forward exchange contracts 
outstanding as at the reporting date:

Outstanding  
contracts

Buy USD / Sell AUD
Less than 3 months
3 to 6 months
Later than 6 months

Buy AUD / Sell USD
Less than 3 months
3 to 6 months
Later than 6 months

Buy EUR / Sell AUD
Less than 3 months
3 to 6 months
Later than 6 months

Buy AUD / Sell NZD
Less than 3 months
3 to 6 months
Later than 6 months

Weighted average 
exchange rate

2017

2016

0.7165
0.7529
0.7492

0.7165
0.7328
0.7304

0.7294
0.7351
0.7628

0.7109
 –  
 –  

0.6818
0.6790
0.6735

0.6325
0.6191
 –  

1.0542
1.0547
1.0558

 –  
 –  
 –  

Foreign currency

Contract value

Fair value

2017
FC’m 

2016
FC’m 

2017
$’m 

2016
$’m 

2017
$’m 

2016
$’m 

30.3 
4.1 
81.8 
116.2 

1.5 
4.9 
1.0 
7.4 

30.9 
0.4 
0.4 
31.7 

4.1 
11.4 
28.8 
44.3 

7.2 
10.5 
0.3 
18.0 

0.8 
 –  
 –  
0.8 

6.4 
2.1 
 –  
8.5 

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  

42.3 
5.5 
109.2 
157.0 

2.1 
6.7 
1.3 
10.1 

45.3 
0.6 
0.6 
46.5 

3.9 
10.8 
27.2 
41.9 

10.0 
14.3 
0.5 
24.8 

1.2 
 –  
 –  
1.2 

10.1 
3.3 
 –  
13.4 

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  

(1.4)
(0.1)
(2.3)
(3.8)

0.1 
0.3 
 –  
0.4 

0.7 
0.1 
 –  
0.8 

 –  
(0.1)
(0.1)
(0.2)

(0.4)
(0.2)
 –  
(0.6)

0.1 
 –  
 –  
0.1 

(0.7)
(0.2)
 –  
(0.9)

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  

100  Downer EDI Limited

Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continuedfor the year ended 30 June 2017G2. Capital and financial risk management – continued

c) Foreign currency risk management – continued
Cross-currency interest rate swaps
Under cross-currency interest rate swaps, the Group is committed to exchange certain foreign currency loan principal and interest 
amounts at agreed future dates at fixed foreign exchange and interest rates. Such contracts enable the Group to eliminate the risk of 
adverse movements in foreign exchange and interest rates related to foreign currency denominated borrowings.

The following table details the Australian dollar equivalent of cross-currency interest rate swaps outstanding as at the reporting date: 

Weighted average
 interest rate (including 
credit margin)

2017
% 

2016
% 

Weighted average 
exchange rate

2017

2016

7.8 
5.9 

7.8 
5.9 

0.7168 
 0.7739 

0.7168 
 0.7739 

Outstanding 
contracts

Buy USD / Sell AUD
1 to 5 years
5 years or more

Contract value

Fair value

2017
$’m 

9.8 
129.2 
139.0 

2016
$’m 

9.8 
129.2 
139.0 

2017
$’m 

2016
$’m 

(0.9)
(4.7)
(5.6)

(0.5)
2.8 
2.3 

The above cross-currency interest rate swap contracts are designated as effective cash flow hedges.

Foreign currency sensitivity analysis
The Group is mainly exposed to the United States dollar (USD), Euro (EUR) and New Zealand dollar (NZD).

The following table details the Group’s sensitivity to movements in the Australian dollar against relevant foreign currencies. 
The percentages disclosed below represent the Group’s assessment of the possible changes in spot foreign exchange rates (i.e. forward 
exchange points and discount factors have been kept constant). The sensitivity analysis includes only outstanding foreign currency 
denominated monetary items and adjusts their translation at the period end for a given percentage change in foreign exchange rates.

A positive number indicates a before-tax increase in profit and equity and a negative number indicates a before-tax decrease in 
profit and equity.

USD impact
– 15% rate change
+ 15% rate change

EUR impact
– 15% rate change
+ 15% rate change

NZD impact
– 15% rate change
+ 15% rate change

Profit/(loss)(i)

Equity(ii)

2017
$’m 

2016
$’m 

(1.7)
1.3 

(0.2)
0.1 

– 
– 

(1.2)
0.9 

 0.1 
(0.1)

 – 
 – 

2017
$’m 

24.9 
(18.4)

7.1 
(7.1)

(6.9)
5.1 

2016
$’m 

4.1 
(3.0)

1.4 
(1.4)

– 
 – 

(i)  This is mainly as a result of the changes in the value of forward foreign exchange contracts not designated in a hedge relationship, foreign currency investments, receivables 

and payables.

(ii)  This is as a result of the changes in the value of forward foreign exchange contracts designated as cash flow hedges.

Annual Report 2017  101

G2. Capital and financial risk management – continued

d) Interest rate risk management
The Group is exposed to interest rate risk as entities borrow funds at floating interest rates. The risk is managed by maintaining an 
appropriate mix between fixed and floating rate borrowings and hedging is undertaken through interest rate swap contracts and the 
issue of long-term fixed rate debt securities.

The Group’s exposure to interest rates on financial assets and financial liabilities is detailed in the table below:

Floating interest rates – cash flow exposure
Bank loans
Cash and cash equivalents
Total cash flow exposure 

Fixed interest rates – fair value exposure
Bank loans (i)
USD notes (i)
AUD notes
AUD medium term notes (2009-1) (i) (ii)
AUD medium term notes (2013-1) (iii)
AUD medium term notes (2015-1) (iii)
Supplier finance
Finance lease and hire purchase 
Total fair value exposure 

Weighted average 
interest rate 
(including credit margin)

2017
%

3.3 
1.7 

4.0 
6.0 
5.8 
7.2 
6.0 
4.7 
 –  
4.2 

2016
%

3.8 
2.1 

 –  
6.0 
5.8 
7.2 
6.0 
4.7 
4.9 
5.2 

Liability/(asset) 

2017
$’m 

2016
$’m 

733.7 
(844.6)
(110.9)

107.0 
144.7 
30.0 
13.6 
150.0 
250.0 
 – 
35.8
731.1 

23.7 
(569.4)
(545.7)

 –  
141.7 
30.0 
27.5 
150.0 
250.0 
5.8 
28.1 
633.1 

(i)  The values of the interest rate and cross-currency swaps have been included in the debt amounts.
(ii)  The underlying medium term notes were issued on a floating rate basis and fixed through interest rate swaps.
(iii)  Weighted average interest rate is shown on a yield-to-maturity basis. 

All interest rates in the above table reflect rates in the currency of the relevant loan other than USD notes, where the AUD rates under 
the cross-currency swaps are used.

The table above relates to amounts that are drawn. The Group has a number of undrawn facilities, which if utilised would be on a 
floating rate basis.

Interest rate swap contracts
The Group uses interest rate swap contracts to manage interest rate exposures. Under these contracts, the Group commits to 
exchange the difference between fixed and floating rate interest amounts calculated on notional principal amounts. The fair value of 
interest rate swaps are based on market values of equivalent instruments at the reporting date.

The following table details the interest rate swap contracts and related notional principal amounts as at the reporting date:

Outstanding floating to 
fixed swap contracts

AUD interest rate swaps
Less than 1 year
1 to 2 years

NZD interest rate swaps
Less than 1 year

102  Downer EDI Limited

Weighted average  
interest rate 

Notional  
principal amount

2017 
%

2016 
%

3.8 
5.2 

4.7 

 – 
5.2 

 – 

2017 
$’m 

81.8 
13.3 

25.2 
120.3 

2016  
$’m

 – 
26.6 

 – 
26.6 

Fair value

2017  
$’m

(1.6)
(0.2)

(0.7)
(2.5)

2016  
$’m

 – 
(0.8)

 – 
(0.8)

Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continuedfor the year ended 30 June 2017G2. Capital and financial risk management – continued

d) Interest rate risk management – continued
Interest rate sensitivity analysis
The sensitivity analysis has been determined based on the exposure to interest rates at the reporting date and assuming that the rate 
change occurs at the beginning of the financial year and is then held constant throughout the reporting period. 

Sensitivities have been based on a movement in interest rate by 100 basis points on profit and equity across the yield curve of the 
relevant currencies (2016: 50 and 75 basis points on profit and equity respectively). The selected basis points increase or decrease 
represents the Group’s assessment of the possible change in interest rates on variable rate instruments, cross-currency interest rate 
swaps and interest rate swaps. Based on the sensitivity analysis performed, the change in interest rates at reporting date does not have 
a material impact on either profit or equity.  

e) Credit risk management
Credit risk refers to the risk that a financial counterparty will default on its contractual obligations, resulting in a loss to the Group. 
The Group’s exposure and the credit ratings of its counterparties are regularly monitored and transactions are diversified among 
approved counterparties. 

Trade receivables consist of a large number of customers, spread across diverse industries and geographical areas. Ongoing credit 
evaluation is performed on the financial condition of trade receivable counterparties. Refer to Note C2 for details on credit risk arising 
from trade and other receivables.

The preferred credit risk on derivative financial instruments is to counterparties that have minimum long-term credit ratings from 
Standard & Poor’s of no less than AA- (or equivalent from other rating agencies). Due to the general downward migration of the credit 
ratings of bank counterparties over recent years, the Group has exposure to banks at the A+ and A rating levels, in addition to those 
at the AA- level.

Credit risk arising from cash balances held with banks is managed by Group Treasury. Investments of surplus funds are generally only 
made with counterparties that have a minimum AA- credit rating. Investments for relatively short tenors are made from time to time 
with A+ and A rated counterparties. In a few circumstances, restricted amounts of surplus funds are held in foreign jurisdictions where 
there are no financial institutions that meet the above minimum rating thresholds.

Counterparty credit limits, and the related credit acceptability of counterparties, are reviewed by the Board from time to time. The limits 
are set to minimise the concentration of risks and therefore mitigate financial loss through potential counterparty default. No material 
exposure is considered to exist by virtue of the non-performance of any financial counterparty.

The carrying amount of financial assets recorded in the financial statements, net of any allowances for losses, represents the Group’s 
maximum exposure to credit risk.

f)  Liquidity risk management

Liquidity risk arises from the possibility that the Group is unable to settle a financial transaction on the due date. Liquidity risk 
management is ultimately a Board responsibility, which has been built on an appropriate risk management framework under the Group’s 
Treasury policy.

The Group manages liquidity risk by maintaining adequate cash reserves and committed undrawn debt facilities, by monitoring forecast 
and actual cash flows and by matching the maturity profiles of financial assets and liabilities. Included in Note E2 is a summary of 
committed undrawn bank loan facilities.

Annual Report 2017  103

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
G2. Capital and financial risk management – continued

f)  Liquidity risk management – continued
Liquidity risk tables
The following tables detail the Group’s contractual maturity of its financial liabilities. The tables are based on the undiscounted cash 
flows of financial liabilities. The tables include both interest and principal cash flows.

Less than
1 year

1 to 2 
years

2 to 3
years

3 to 4
years

4 to 5 
years

More than 
5 years

Total

2016
Trade payables

1,434.0 

187.0 

358.9 

– 

$’m

2017
Trade payables

Finance lease and hire purchase liabilities

Bank loans 
USD notes 
AUD notes 
AUD medium term notes (2009-1)
AUD medium term notes (2013-1)
AUD medium term notes (2015-1)
Total borrowings including interest
Cross-currency interest rate swaps (i)
 – Receive leg 
 – Pay leg 
Interest rate swaps
Foreign currency forward contracts
Total derivative instruments (ii)

Finance lease, hire purchase and supplier 
finance liabilities

Bank loans 
USD notes 
AUD notes 
AUD medium term notes (2009-1)
AUD medium term notes (2013-1)
AUD medium term notes (2015-1)
Total borrowings including interest

Cross currency interest rate swaps (i)
 – Receive leg
 – Pay leg
Interest rate swaps
Foreign currency forward contracts
Total derivative instruments (ii)

Total 

(i)  Bond basis.
(ii) 

Includes assets and liabilities.

104  Downer EDI Limited

527.6 

21.2 

836.6 
6.5 
1.7 
13.7 
8.6 
11.3 
878.4 

(6.5)
8.4 
2.2 
2.7 
6.8 

– 

9.0 

2.1 
6.5 
1.7 
– 
154.3 
11.3 
175.9 

(6.5)
8.4 
– 
0.2 
2.1 

20.6 

15.8 
6.7 
1.7 
14.3 
8.6 
11.3 
58.4 

(6.8)
8.4 
0.7 
1.3 
3.6 

13.2 

6.7 
6.7 
1.7 
13.7 
8.6 
11.3 
48.7 

(6.8)
8.4 
0.3 
– 
1.9 

– 

4.9 

– 
15.4 
1.7 
– 
– 
11.3 
28.4 

(15.3)
17.8 
– 
– 
2.5 

35.8 

– 

1.6 

2.1 
6.7 
1.7 
– 
154.3 
11.3 
176.1 

(6.8)
8.4 
– 
– 
1.6 

441.5 

63.8 

179.3 

– 

1.0 

– 
6.0 
1.7 
– 
– 
11.3 
19.0 

(5.9)
7.6 
– 
– 
1.7 

21.7 

– 

0.1 

– 
15.8 
1.7 
– 
– 
11.3 
28.8 

(15.9)
17.8 
– 
– 
1.9 

30.8 

– 

– 

– 
6.0 
1.7 
– 
– 
261.3 
269.0 

(5.9)
7.7 
– 
– 
1.8 

– 

– 

– 
151.0 
36.1 
– 
– 
– 
187.1 

(150.8)
155.8 
– 
– 
5.0 

270.8 

192.1 

– 

– 

– 
6.1 
1.7 
– 
– 
11.3 
19.1 

(6.2)
7.6 
– 
– 
1.4 

– 

– 

– 
161.8 
37.9 
– 
– 
261.3 
461.0 

(162.4)
163.5 
– 
– 
1.1 

20.5 

462.1

Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continuedfor the year ended 30 June 2017G2. Capital and financial risk management – continued

Recognition and measurement
Derivative financial instruments
Derivative financial instruments are initially recognised at fair 
value on the date a derivative contract is entered into and are 
subsequently re-measured to their fair value at each reporting 
date. Any gains or losses arising from changes in fair value of 
derivatives, except those that qualify as effective hedges, are 
immediately recognised in profit or loss. 

Hedge accounting
When the Group designates certain derivatives to be part of 
a hedging relationship, and they meet the criteria for hedge 
accounting, the hedges are classified as either fair value or 
cash flow hedges. 

Fair value hedges
Fair value hedges are used to hedge the exposure to changes in 
the fair value of a recognised asset, liability or firm commitment. 
For fair value hedges, changes in the fair value of the derivative, 
together with any changes in the fair value of the hedged asset 
or liability that is attributable to the hedged risk, are immediately 
recorded in profit or loss. Hedge accounting is discontinued 
when the hedge instrument expires or is sold, terminated, 
exercised, or no longer qualifies for hedge accounting.

Cash flow hedges
Cash flow hedges are used to hedge risks associated with 
contracted and highly probable forecast transactions. For cash 
flow hedges, the effective portion of changes in the fair value of 
the derivative is deferred in equity and the gain or loss relating to 
the ineffective portion is recognised immediately in profit or loss.

Amounts deferred in equity are transferred to profit or loss 
in the same period the hedged item is recognised in profit or 
loss. When the forecast transaction that is hedged results in 
the recognition of a non-financial asset or liability, the gains 
and losses previously deferred in equity are transferred to form 
part of the initial measurement of the cost of the non-financial 
asset or liability. 

If the forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the 
cumulative gain or loss that was deferred in equity is recognised 
immediately in profit or loss. If the hedge instrument expires or 
is sold, terminated, exercised, or no longer qualifies for hedge 
accounting, any gain or loss deferred in equity remains in equity 
until the forecast transaction occurs. 

Annual Report 2017  105

G3. Other financial assets and liabilities

2017
$’m

At amortised cost:

Other financial assets
Advances to / from joint ventures and associates

At fair value:
Level 2
Foreign currency forward contracts – Cash flow hedge
Cross-currency and interest rate swaps – Cash flow hedge

Level 3
Unquoted equity investments – Available-for-sale
Contingent consideration

Total

2016 
$’m

At amortised cost:

Other financial assets
Advances from joint ventures and associates

At fair value:
Level 2
Foreign currency forward contracts – Cash flow hedge
Cross-currency and interest rate swaps – Cash flow hedge

Level 3
Unquoted equity investments – Available-for-sale

Total

Financial assets

Financial liabilities

Current Non-current

Current Non-current

9.8 
1.5 
11.3 

1.2 
– 
1.2 

– 
– 
– 
12.5 

13.4 
– 
13.4 

– 
– 
– 

3.7 
– 
3.7 
17.1 

– 
13.2 
13.2 

3.8 
3.5 
7.3 

– 
3.3 
3.3 
23.8 

– 
– 
– 

0.2 
4.6 
4.8 

– 
16.9 
16.9 
21.7 

Financial assets

Financial liabilities

Current Non-current

Current Non-current

9.8 
– 
9.8

0.3 
– 
0.3 

– 
10.1 

13.4
–
13.4

– 
3.6 
3.6 

5.1 
22.1 

–
12.0 
12.0

1.7 
1.4 
3.1 

–  
15.1 

– 
– 
–

– 
0.7 
0.7 

– 
0.7

Reconciliation of Level 3 fair value measurements of financial assets
Level 3 investments decreased by $1.4 million from prior year (2016: $1.1 million decrease) mostly due to revaluation and 
return on investment.

106  Downer EDI Limited

Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continuedfor the year ended 30 June 2017G3. Other financial assets and liabilities – continued

Recognition and measurement
Fair value measurement
When a derivative is designated as the cash flow hedging instrument, the effective portion of changes in the fair value of the derivative 
is recognised in Other Comprehensive Income and accumulated in the hedging reserve. Any ineffective portion of changes in the fair 
value of the derivative is recognised immediately in profit or loss.

Valuation of financial instruments 
For financial instruments measured and carried at fair value, the Group uses the following to categorise the methods used: 
 – Level 1: fair value is calculated using quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities; 
 – Level 2: fair value is estimated using inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or 

liability, either directly (as prices) or indirectly (derived from prices); and

 – Level 3: fair value is estimated using inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data. 

During the year there were no transfers between Level 1, Level 2 and Level 3 fair value hierarchies.

The following table shows the valuation technique used in measuring Level 2 and 3 fair values, as well as significant 
unobservable inputs used:

Type 

Valuation technique

Significant unobservable input 

Cross-currency and interest rate swaps

Foreign currency forward contracts 

Unquoted equity investments

Calculated using the present value of the 
estimated future cash flows based on 
observable yield curves.

Not applicable.

Calculated using forward exchange rates 
prevailing at the balance sheet date.

Not applicable.

Calculated based on the Group’s interest in 
the net assets of the unquoted entities.

Assumptions are made with regard 
to future expected revenues and 
discount rates.

Contingent Consideration

Calculated on the amounts expected to be 
paid based on the probability of contingent 
events and targets being achieved, 
determined by reference to forecasts 
of future performance of the acquired 
businesses discounted using the market 
rates prevailing at financial year end.

Changing the inputs to the valuations 
to reasonably possible alternative 
assumptions would not significantly change 
the amounts recognised in profit or loss, 
total assets or total liabilities, or total equity.

Assumptions are made with regard 
to future expected earnings and 
discount rates on certain of the 
contingent arrangements.

Annual Report 2017  107

Directors’ Declaration
for the year ended 30 June 2017

In the opinion of the Directors’ of Downer EDI Limited:
(a)   The financial statements and notes set out on pages 53 to 107 are in accordance with the Australian Corporations Act 2001 

(Cth), including:

(i)   Complying with Accounting Standards, the Corporations Regulations 2001 and other mandatory professional reporting 

requirements; and

(ii)   The financial statements and notes thereto give a true and fair view of the financial position and performance of the Company 

and the consolidated entity;

(b)   There are reasonable grounds to believe that Downer EDI Limited will be able to pay its debts as and when they become 

due and payable;

(c)  The Directors have been given the declarations required by Section 295A of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth); and

(d)   The attached financial statements are in compliance with International Financial Reporting Standards, as noted in Note A to the 

financial statements.

Signed in accordance with a resolution of the Directors made pursuant to Section 295(5) of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth).

On behalf of the Directors

R M Harding 
Chairman

Sydney, 29 August 2017

108  Downer EDI Limited

 
 
Sustainability Performance Summary 2017

Downer’s philosophy: 

Downer exists to create and sustain the modern environment by 
building trusted relationships with its public and private sector 
customers. Downer recognises that sustainability is vital for 
securing long-term environmental, economic and social viability 
and understands its role in contributing to a sustainable future 
for communities to prosper. 

Sustainability at Downer means being a valued contributor to the 
communities in which it operates, being a responsible employer 
and minimising the impact the business has on the environment. 
Downer’s approach to sustainability is intrinsically linked to 
its business strategy because the sustainability of Downer’s 
activities is fundamental to the Company’s future success. 

Importantly, Zero Harm is embedded in Downer’s culture. Zero 
Harm means sustaining a work environment that not only 
supports the health and safety of people, but also minimises 
the impact that Downer’s operations have on the environment, 
including through the maximisation of resource efficiency. 

As a service provider, Downer’s contribution to sustainability is 
also achieved by providing its customers with industry leading 
solutions that drive efficiency thereby reducing the impact that 
customer operations have on the environment. 

Downer works closely with the local communities in which 
it operates, implementing a range of strategies focusing on 
social responsibility, local and indigenous employment, cultural 
heritage management and stakeholder engagement. 

In relation to its own workforce, Downer believes its people are 
its greatest asset. Downer supports and fosters diversity and 
inclusiveness in the workplace and provides programs that focus 
on skills development and career pathways.

Governance and Risk Management: 

Downer uses a company-wide Risk Management Framework 
and divisional integrated management systems to identify 
and manage sustainability issues and opportunities. Downer 
has been certified (as a minimum) to the following standards: 
AS/NZS 401 or OHSAS 18001 (for occupational health and safety 
management systems); ISO 14001 environmental management 
systems; and IS0 9001 quality management systems. 

The Board’s Zero Harm Committee oversees the development 
and implementation of Downer’s workplace health and safety 
and environmental management systems. The effectiveness 
of these systems is monitored through extensive internal and 
third-party audit programs, with oversight by both the Board 
Zero Harm and Board Audit and Risk Committees. Other aspects 
of Downer’s approach to Sustainability are overseen by the 
Group Diversity Committee and other relevant corporate 
governance forums.

Downer’s Zero Harm performance during FY17 is summarised 
below. More comprehensive information is provided in Downer’s 
2017 Sustainability Report which will be available on the 
Downer website. 

Health and safety

Health and safety is Downer’s top priority. Downer believes 
that any injury is unacceptable and preventable and Downer 
is committed to the pursuit of Zero Harm to its employees, 
contractors, and those who are directly affected by the 
Company’s operations. This goal is supported by the strong 
leadership of Downer’s senior managers who are actively 
engaged in enabling and empowering Downer’s people to 
maintain safe working environments for themselves and the 
community. Downer has a mature safety culture which fosters 
sustained efforts by everyone in its workplaces to work together 
to keep each other safe.

Downer’s strategic plan for critical risk management continues to 
be the key focus of its Zero Harm program. Downer continues to 
understand and manage the low-likelihood, high-consequence 
risks – the ‘critical risks’ – that have the potential to cause 
serious injury to people. Implementation of the plan in FY17 
focused on the ongoing evaluation and assurance of the critical 
controls by multiple layers of management and frontline leaders.

Downer has focused on the development of its frontline leaders, 
and during FY17 continued to implement its Group-wide Zero 
Harm Management System Framework’s performance criteria.

Downer continues to show strong performance against the 
health and safety lag indicators with Lost Time Injury Frequency 
Rate (LTIFR)1 below 1 and the Total Recordable Injury Frequency 
Rate (TRIFR)2 below 4. During FY17, LTIFR decreased from 0.66 
in FY16 to 0.55 representing a 16.7% decrease in injuries that 
resulted in time lost. TRIFR increased slightly from 3.32 in FY16 
to 3.50. There were no fatalities.

1 

2 

Lost time injuries (LTIs) are defined as injuries that cause the injured person (employee or contractor) to be unfit to perform any work duties for one whole day or shift, or 
more, after the shift on which the injury occurred, and any injury that results, directly or indirectly, in the death of the person. The Lost Time Injury Frequency Rate (LTIFR) is 
the number of LTIs per million hours worked.
TRIFR is the number of LTIs + medically treated injuries (MTIs) for employees and contractors per million hours worked.

Annual Report 2017  109

Sustainability Performance Summary 2017 – continued

Downer received no fines or recorded convictions in FY17 as a 
result of breaches of occupational health and safety legislation.

LTIFR

TRIFR

s
r
u
o
h
0
0
0
0
0
0
,
1

,

r
e
p
s
e
i
r
u
n

j

i

I
e
m
T
t
s
o
L

1.2

1.0

0.8

0.6

0.4

0.2

0.0

2010 2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

12

10

8

6

4

2

0

s
r
u
o
h
0
0
0
0
0
0
,
1

,

r
e
p
s
e
i
r
u
n

j

l

I
e
b
a
d
r
o
c
e
R

l

a
t
o
T

Environmental Sustainability

Downer’s environmental sustainability performance is measured 
against the key areas of risk management, compliance, 
minimising environmental impact and maximising resource 
efficiency opportunities in its own and its customers’ businesses. 
Downer’s key focus areas during the year were:
 – Managing its top environmental critical risks by verifying that 

critical controls were in place and effective;

 – Incorporating sustainability design principles and initiatives 

into major projects;

 – Increasing employee knowledge and awareness of 

environmental sustainability practices; and

 – Increasing internal and external engagement of Downer’s 

environmental capability.

There were no significant environmental incidents3 (≥ Level 4) 
during FY17 which means Downer achieved its Group-wide 
target of zero Level 54 or Level 65 environmental incidents. 
However, Downer received four fines in its Australian 
operations, totalling $34,780, and two fines in New Zealand, 
totalling NZD$1,500 (see the 2017 Sustainability Report for 
further details).

Downer operates within a number of highly carbon-intensive 
industry sectors and recognises that climate change presents 
a challenge to business, society and the natural environment. 
Downer is committed to participating in climate change solutions 
by developing processes and technology to reduce its direct 
emissions and overall energy consumption.

Downer’s response to climate change requires an integrated 
approach focusing on compliance, business improvement and 
business development opportunities. This year, Downer has 
commenced a review of its climate disclosure practices with the 
view to aligning with the framework and recommendations of 
the Taskforce on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) 
for disclosure reporting. Downer has been reporting its annual 
carbon performance through voluntary disclosure in annual 
sustainability reports and to CDP for many years.

Downer’s sustainability management has a focus on reducing 
greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions associated with its operations 
and provides the framework for identifying energy efficient 
and carbon abatement opportunities across the Company’s 
value chain. Climate related risks on major projects are typically 
assessed by the project owner through various government 
environmental planning and approvals processes. Downer 
works in partnership with its customers to address climate 
related risks by providing leading design, engineering and low 
carbon solutions.

Reducing GHG emissions and improving energy efficiency are 
supported by Downer’s business-specific energy management 
plans that identify opportunities to maximise operational 
efficiency, as well as manage the Company’s carbon footprint 
relative to its business activities. These plans include annual 
targets for GHG emissions reductions (Scopes 1, 2 and 
defined Scope 36). 

In FY17, more than 50 new projects were implemented that 
have the capacity to deliver 186 terajoules of annualised energy 
savings, equivalent to the abatement of over 12 kilotonnes of 
CO2-e emissions across Scopes 1, 2 and defined Scope 3.

Downer is also one of Australia’s largest and most experienced 
providers in the renewable energy sector offering design, build 
and maintenance services for wind farms, wind turbine sites and 
solar farms. Downer has been involved in the construction of 
about half the wind turbines built in Australia and has recently 
worked on the Sunshine Coast, Clare and Ross River solar farms. 
When the Ross River Solar Farm is completed, Downer will have 
facilitated the delivery of more than 2.3GW of renewable energy 
to the Australian market.

3 

4 

5 
6 

A significant environmental incident or significant environmental spill (≥Level 4) is any environmental incident or spill where there is significant impact on or material harm 
to the environment; or a notifiable incident where there is a spill that results in significant impact or material harm; or there is long-term community irritation leading to 
disruptive actions and requiring continual management attention.
A Level 5 environmental incident is defined as any incident that causes significant impact or serious harm on the environment, where “material harm” has occurred and if 
costs in aggregate exceed $50,000.
A Level 6 environmental incident is defined as an incident that results in catastrophic widespread impact on the environment, resulting in irreversible damage.
Scope 1 emissions are those produced directly by Downer Group activities 
Scope 2 emissions are indirect emissions, such as electricity consumption 
Scope 3 emissions are those that occur from sources not owned or controlled by  Downer.

110  Downer EDI Limited

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate governance 
for the year ended 30 June 2017

Overview

Downer’s corporate governance framework provides the 
platform from which:
 – The Board is accountable to shareholders for the operations, 

performance and growth of the Company;

 – Downer management is accountable to the Board;
 – The risks to Downer’s business are identified 

and managed; and

 – Downer effectively communicates with its shareholders and 

the investment community.

Downer continues to enhance its policies and processes to 
promote leading corporate governance practices.

The Board endorses the ASX Corporate Governance Council’s 
Corporate Governance Principles and Recommendations 
(ASX Principles).

Principle 1: Lay solid foundations  
for management and oversight

The Downer Board Charter sets out the functions and 
responsibilities of the Board and is available on the Downer 
website at www.downergroup.com.

The Board Charter states that the role of the Board is to provide 
strategic guidance and to effectively oversee management of the 
Company. Among other things, the Board is responsible for:
 – Overseeing the Company, including its control and 

accountability systems;

 – Appointing and removing the Group CEO and 

senior executives;

 – Monitoring performance of the Group CEO and senior 

executives; and

 – Reviewing, ratifying and monitoring systems of risk 

management and internal control, codes of conduct and 
legal compliance.

Before appointing a Director, the Board undertakes appropriate 
checks and provides shareholders with all material information 
which is relevant to the decision to elect or re-elect a Director.

Directors receive formal letters of engagement setting out the 
key terms, conditions and expectations of their engagement.

The Board Charter also describes the functions delegated to 
management, led by the Group CEO.

The primary goal set for management by the Board is to focus 
on enhancing shareholder value, which includes responsibility for 
Downer’s economic, environmental and social performance.

The Group CEO is responsible for the day-to-day management of 
Downer and his authority is delegated and authorised by the Board.

Downer has written employment agreements with each of 
its senior executives and the performance of those senior 
executives is regularly reviewed against appropriate measures, 
including performance targets linked to the business plan and 
overall corporate objectives. In 2017, Downer’s senior executives 
participated in periodic performance evaluations where they 
received feedback on progress against these targets.

The Company Secretary is responsible for supporting the 
effectiveness of the Board and is directly accountable to the 
Board, through the Chairman, on all matters to do with the proper 
functioning of the Board.

Details of Downer’s Directors and the Executive Leadership Team 
are available on the Downer website at www.downergroup.com.

Diversity at Downer
Downer is committed to ensuring that it has a diverse and 
inclusive workforce, which fulfils the expectations of its employees, 
customers and shareholders while building a sustainable future 
for its business. This is fomalised through the Downer Diversity 
& Inclusiveness (D&I) Policy which outlines the Company’s 
commitment to developing a diverse and inclusive workforce. 

In 2016, Downer launched a revised Diversity Framework. 
The purpose of this framework is to support the D&I Policy and 
implementation of Divisional D&I strategies. 

The Diversity & Inclusiveness Policy is available on the Downer 
website at www.downergroup.com.

ASX diversity recommendations – diversity statement
This diversity statement outlines Downer’s performance 
throughout 2017 with respect to its broader diversity program, 
but with a particular focus on gender, and specifically includes:
 – Details of Downer’s key gender representation metrics;
 – An overview of the gender diversity initiatives undertaken by 

Downer throughout 2017; and

 – An outline of Downer’s measurable gender diversity 

objectives for 2018.

Gender representation metrics
As at 30 June 2017, the gender representation metrics 
were as follows:
 – Three of the six Non-executive Directors on the Downer 

Board are women;

 – Women currently make up 13.9% of Senior Executive1 roles;
 – 11.1% of Manager2 roles are held by women; and
 – Women constitute approximately 13.5% of 

Downer’s workforce.

1 

2 

For present purposes, “Senior Executive” refers to CEO, KMP and Other Executives/General Managers as defined in the Workplace Gender Equality Agency Reference guide 
to the workplace profile and reporting questionnaire (WGEA Reference Guide).
For present purposes, “Manager” refers to CEO, KMP, Other Executives/General Managers, Senior Managers and Other Managers as defined in the WGEA Reference Guide.

Annual Report 2017  111

Looking back: 2017 measurable objectives
Objective

Outcome

To ensure a coordinated and integrated 
approach to D&I through the restructuring of 
the Group Diversity Steering Committee (GDSC) 
and Divisional Diversity Steering Committees 
(DDSCs) to ensure the effective implementation 
of the D&I Plans.

To launch Downer’s Performance Development 
framework and use output to identify, grow and 
retain high potential female employees in order 
to support the following Group targets: 
 – 20% female workforce by 30 June 2020; and
 – 12% female Senior Executives 

by 30 June 2020.

To launch the Divisional D&I Plans and embed 
them in the operations of the business units.

To promote and communicate flexible work 
options (a key enabler of Diversity) through the 
creation of a business case for sign-off by the 
Executive Committee.

To implement recommendations identified from 
the gender pay review

To continue laying the foundation for Downer’s 
reconciliation journey by receiving endorsement 
of Downer’s ‘Reflect’ Reconciliation Action Plan 
(RAP) from Reconciliation Australia.

To continue the association with Jawun in 
Australia and Māori based leadership programs 
in New Zealand

In July 2016, Downer launched a revised Diversity Framework. This framework 
now includes six DDSCs who report quarterly to the GDSC. The objective of the 
DDSCs is to support and promote a diverse and inclusive workplace through the 
implementation of their D&I Plans.

Regular talent reviews across the business continue to improve visibility of 
the female talent that we have within Downer. As a result of the Performance 
Development Review (PDR) process, 8 female employees have participated in 
Downer’s Executive Development program in the last 18 months. Actions which 
support female participation and development within the business have also 
been included in the Divisional D&I Plans.

Divisional D&I Plans have been drafted and signed-off by the respective 
leadership teams. These plans have a focus on (but are not limited to) gender. 
Progress of these plans is reported to the GDSC on a quarterly basis.

Downer is committed to adopting a flexible approach to work in order to attract 
and retain a talented and diverse workforce. With the establishment of the 
DDSCs, responsibility for workplace flexibility is owned by the Divisions to ensure 
policies, tools and training in relation to flexible work meet the requirements of 
their workforce which includes salaried and waged employees.

A ‘like for like’ Gender Remuneration Review for salaried employees commenced 
in December 2015 and has been ongoing. Recommendations implemented as a 
result of this review include:
 – The creation of a gender remuneration action plan;
 – Identification of causes for the gaps;
 – Reporting of pay equity metrics to the Downer Board and Executive 

Committee; and 

 – Correction of like-for-like gaps. 

The review remains ongoing. 

Downer is committed to building on its existing relationships with Aboriginal and 
Torres Strait Islander peoples, their communities and organisations. In September 
2016, Downer launched its ‘Reflect’ RAP. Led by a Working Group, this RAP 
affirms Downer’s commitment to the reconciliation process and provides the 
Company with a practical framework to focus its efforts over a 12 month period.

In the 2017 financial year, 12 employees completed secondments at Cape York, 
the West Kimberley and Inner Sydney as part of the Jawun program. By assisting 
Aboriginal leaders, organisations and communities to achieve their own 
development goals, Downer’s people have a unique and rewarding experience 
while delivering lasting benefits to their host communities. Following the ongoing 
success of their Māori leadership programs, Downer New Zealand received 
(in August 2016) the ‘Emerging Diversity & Inclusion Program Award’ at the 
New Zealand Diversity Awards.

112  Downer EDI Limited

Corporate governance – continuedfor the year ended 30 June 2017Looking ahead: 2018 measurable objectives
 – Through the Talent Management & Succession Planning 

process ensure that identified top female talent (across the 
Divisions) have active performance and development plans 
that are tracking to plan. 

 – Develop tools, policies and training in relation to Flexible 
Work and pilot within the Rail Division to ensure that 
individual and business needs are met. Set and monitor 
targets to measure employee engagement in flexible work 
and report to the GDSC.

 – Review and update Downer’s Parental Leave Policy to include 
employer funded paid parental leave for secondary carers.
 – Following the successful delivery of Downer’s ‘Reflect’ RAP, 
draft an ‘Innovate’ RAP which includes a focus on cultural 
learning, Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander employment 
and supplier diversity.

 – To continue the association with Jawun in Australia and 
Māori based leadership programs in New Zealand.

 – Establish baseline data on Aboriginal & Torres Strait Islander 

people working at Downer.

Principle 2: Structure the Board to add value

Throughout the 2017 financial year, the Board was comprised of 
a majority of independent Directors.

The Board is currently comprised of the Chairman (Mike Harding, 
an independent, Non-executive Director), five other independent, 
Non-executive Directors and an Executive Director (the Group 
CEO, Grant Fenn). Details of the members of the Board, including 
their skills, experience, status and their term of office are set out 
in the Directors’ Report on pages 2 to 3 and are also available on 
the Downer website at www.downergroup.com.

The composition of the Board is assessed by the Nominations 
and Corporate Governance Committee to ensure the Board is of 
a composition, size and commitment to effectively discharge its 
responsibilities and duties.

Directors are required to bring an independent judgement to 
bear on all Board decisions. To facilitate this, it is Downer’s policy 
to provide Directors with access to independent professional 
advice at the Company’s expense in appropriate circumstances.

Downer’s Non-executive Directors recognise the benefit of 
conferring regularly without management present, and they do 
so at various times throughout the year.

The Board considers that an independent Director is a 
Non-executive Director who is not a member of management 
and who is free of any business or other relationship that could 
(or could reasonably be perceived to) materially interfere with the 
independent exercise of their judgement. The Board regularly 
assesses the independence of each Director to ensure that each 
Director has the capacity to bring an independent judgement to 
bear on issues before the Board and to act in the best interests 
of Downer as a whole.

Downer’s governance framework requires each Director to 
promptly disclose actual and possible conflicts of interest, any 
interests in contracts, other directorships or offices held, related 
party transactions and any dealing in the Company’s securities.

At least one Director must retire from office at each Annual 
General Meeting (AGM). No Non-executive Director can 
serve more than three years without offering themselves 
for re-election.

The Chairman of the Board is an independent, Non-executive 
Director. He is responsible for leadership of the Board and 
for the efficient organisation and functioning of the Board. 
The Chairman is appointed by the Board to ensure that 
a high standard of values, governance and constructive 
interaction is maintained.

The Chairman facilitates the effective contribution of all 
Directors and promotes constructive and respectful relations 
between Directors and the Board and management. He also 
represents the views of the Board to Downer’s shareholders and 
conducts the AGM.

The roles of Chairman and Group CEO are not exercised by 
the same person and the division of responsibilities between 
the Chairman and the Group CEO have been agreed by the 
Board and are set out in the Board Charter and Downer’s 
Delegations Policy.

Annual Report 2017  113

 
The Board has established a number of committees to assist the Board to effectively and efficiently execute its responsibilities. A list of 
the main Board Committees and their current membership is set out in the table below.

Members

P S Garling
T G Handicott
C G Thorne
S A Chaplain 
G A Fenn
E A Howell
S A Chaplain 
T G Handicott
P S Garling 
R M Harding
G A Fenn
R M Harding
G A Fenn 
T G Handicott 
R M Harding
G A Fenn 
T G Handicott 
R M Harding
E A Howell

The Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee has a 
charter which sets out its roles and responsibilities, composition, 
structure, membership requirements and the procedures 
for inviting non-committee members to attend meetings. 
The Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee Charter 
gives the Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee 
access to internal and external resources, including advice 
from external consultants and specialists. The Nominations and 
Corporate Governance Committee Charter is available on the 
Downer website at www.downergroup.com.

The Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee, all 
members of which are independent Directors, is chaired by an 
independent Director and has a minimum of three members.

The Committee’s responsibilities include:
 – Assessing the skills and competencies required on the Board;
 – Assessing the extent to which the required skills are 

represented on the Board;

 – Establishing processes for the review of the performance of 

individual Directors and the Board as a whole;

 – Establishing processes for identifying suitable candidates for 
appointment to the Board (including undertaking a formal 
due diligence screening process); and

 – Recommending the engagement of nominated 

persons as Directors.

Board Committee

Audit and Risk Committee

Chairman

S A Chaplain

Zero Harm Committee

C G Thorne

Nominations and Corporate 
Governance Committee
Remuneration Committee

R M Harding

T G Handicott

Disclosure Committee

T G Handicott 

Rail Projects Committee

P S Garling 

Tender Risk Evaluation Committee

C G Thorne

The names of members of each committee, the number of 
meetings and the attendances by each of the members of the 
various committees to which they are appointed is set out in the 
Directors’ Report on page 18.

The Tender Risk Evaluation Committee’s primary purpose is 
to oversee tenders and contracts that exceed the delegation 
of the Group CEO. The Tender Risk Evaluation Committee 
is chaired by an independent Director and comprises five 
members, including the Group CEO. Meetings of the Tender 
Risk Evaluation Committee are convened as required to review 
tender opportunities.

The Board has established the Nominations and Corporate 
Governance Committee to oversee the practices for selection 
and appointment of Directors of the Company.

The Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee’s 
primary purpose is to support and advise the Board on fulfilling 
its responsibilities to shareholders by ensuring that the Board 
is comprised of individuals who are best able to discharge the 
responsibilities of Directors having regard to the law and leading 
governance practice.

114  Downer EDI Limited

Corporate governance – continuedfor the year ended 30 June 2017When appointing Directors, the Nominations and Corporate 
Governance Committee aims to ensure that an appropriate 
balance of skills, experience, expertise and diversity is represented 
on the Board. This may result in a non-executive Director with a 
longer tenure remaining in office so as to bring that experience 
and depth of understanding to matters brought before the Board.

Given the breadth of Downer’s service offerings across a range 
of markets, the Board seeks to ensure that it maintains an 
appropriate range of technical skills across engineering, geology, 
construction and scientific disciplines when considering the 
appointment of a new Director. The Board also identified that 
the review of major tender bids and the successful delivery of 
major projects also requires Directors with strong commercial 
and legal acumen. It is for this reason that in undertaking the 
selection process for its most recently appointed director, the 
Board selected a candidate with over 30 years’ experience in the 
legal profession. 

The chart below illustrates the balance achieved with the 
current Board composition. The Company recognises the value 
of diversity which has been a component of the appointment 
process over the past few years.

Professional qualifications

Professional qualifications

Business and economics

Technical*

Humanities

Legal

0.0

1.0

2.0

3.0

4.0

5.0

*Comprises construction, engineering, metallurgy and science.

Industry experience

Professional Services*

Resources

Transport and infrastructure

0.0

1.0

2.0

3.0

4.0

5.0

*Includes banking, finance and legal.

Tenure in years 

9+

6–9

3–6

0–3

0.0

1.0

2.0

3.0

Gender diversity

Gender diversity

3

4

Male

Female

From time to time, Downer engages external specialists to assist 
with the selection process as necessary, and the Chairman, 
Board and Group CEO meet with nominees as part of the 
appointment process.

Nominations for re-election of Directors are reviewed by the 
Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee and 
Directors are re-elected in accordance with the Downer 
Constitution and the ASX Listing Rules.

As part of its commitment to leading corporate governance 
practice, the Board undertakes improvement programs, including 
externally facilitated periodic reviews of its performance and 
that of its Committees and Directors. The last review was 
completed during FY16.

The Company has formal induction procedures for both 
Directors and senior executives. These induction procedures 
have been developed to enable new Directors and senior 
executives to gain an understanding of:
 – Downer’s financial position, strategies, operations and risk 

management policies;

 – The respective rights, duties and responsibilities and roles  

of the Board and senior executives; and

 – Downer’s culture and values.

Directors are given an induction briefing by the Company 
Secretary and an induction pack containing information about 
Downer and its business, Board and Committee charters and 
Downer Group policies. New Directors also meet with key senior 
executives to gain an insight into the Company’s business 
operations and the Downer Group structure.

Directors are encouraged to continually build on their exposure 
to the Company’s business and a formal program of Director site 
visits has been in place since 2009. Directors are also encouraged 
to attend appropriate training and professional development 
courses to update and enhance their skills and knowledge and 
the Company Secretary regularly organises governance and other 
continuing education sessions for the Board.

The Board is provided with the information it needs to discharge 
its responsibilities effectively. The Directors also have access to the 
Company Secretary for all Board and governance-related issues 
and the appointment and removal of the Company Secretary is 
determined by the Board. The Company Secretary is accountable 
to the Board, through the Chair, on all governance matters.

Annual Report 2017  115

Principle 3: Promote ethical and responsible 
decision-making

Principle 4: Safeguard integrity  
in financial reporting

Downer strives to attain the highest standards of behaviour  
and business ethics when engaging in corporate activity. 
The Downer Standards of Business Conduct sets the 
ethical tone and standards of the Company and deals with 
matters such as:
 – Compliance with the letter and the spirit of the law;
 – Workplace behaviour;
 – Prohibition against bribery and corruption;
 – Protection of confidential information;
 – Engaging with stakeholders;
 – Workplace safety;
 – Diversity and inclusiveness;
 – Sustainability; and
 – Conflicts of interest.

Downer has a formal whistleblower policy and procedures 
for reporting and investigating breaches of the Standards 
of Business Conduct. This includes the Our Voice service, 
an external and independent reporting service which enables 
employees to anonymously report potential breaches of the 
Standards of Business Conduct, including misconduct or other 
unethical behaviour. Reports received through Our Voice are 
investigated where appropriate, with the Company Secretary 
overseeing the completion of any remedial action.

The Standards of Business Conduct applies to all officers  
and employees and is available on the Downer website at  
www.downergroup.com.

Downer endorses leading governance practices and has in 
place policies setting out the Company’s approach to various 
matters, including:
 – Securities trading (stipulating ‘closed periods’ for designated 
employees and a formal process which employees must 
adhere to when dealing in securities);

 – The Company’s disclosure obligations (including 

continuous disclosure);

 – Communicating with shareholders and the general 

investment community; and

 – Privacy.

Downer has an Anti-Bribery and Corruption Policy which 
expands upon the prohibition against bribery and corruption 
currently contained in the Standards of Business Conduct, and 
which addresses key issues such as working with government, 
political donations, human rights, conducting business 
internationally and gifts and benefits. As Downer has operations 
in foreign jurisdictions, Downer employees are confronted by 
the challenges of doing business in environments where bribery 
and corruption are real risks. However, regardless of the country 
or culture within which its people work, Downer is committed to 
compliance with the law, as well as maintaining its reputation for 
ethical practice.

These policies are available on the Downer website at  
www.downergroup.com.

116  Downer EDI Limited

The Company has in place a structure of review and 
authorisation which independently verifies and safeguards  
the integrity of its financial reporting.

The Audit and Risk Committee assists the Board to fulfil its 
responsibilities relating to:
 – The quality and integrity of the accounting, auditing and 
reporting practices of the Company with a particular 
focus on the qualitative aspects of financial reporting 
to shareholders;

 – The Company’s risk profile and risk policies; and
 – The effectiveness of the Company’s system of internal 

control and framework for risk management.

The Audit and Risk Committee is structured so that it:
 – Consists of only Non-executive Directors;
 – Consists of a majority of independent Directors;
 – Is chaired by an independent Chairman (who is not the 

Chairman of the Board); and
 – Has at least three members.

The Audit and Risk Committee currently comprises only 
independent Directors, includes members who are financially 
literate and has at least one member who has relevant 
qualifications and experience.

The Audit and Risk Committee Charter sets out the Audit and 
Risk Committee’s role and responsibilities, composition, structure 
and membership requirements and the procedures for inviting 
non-committee members to attend meetings.

The Board receives assurances from the Group CEO and the 
Group CFO that the declarations provided to it in relation to the 
annual and half-year financial statements, in accordance with 
sections 295A and 303(4) of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) 
are founded on a sound system of risk management and internal 
control and that the system is operating effectively in all material 
respects in relation to financial reporting risks.

Downer’s external auditor attends the Company’s AGMs and is 
available to answer any questions which shareholders may have 
about the conduct of the external audit for the relevant financial 
year and the preparation and content of the Audit Report.

Information regarding the number of times the Audit and Risk 
Committee convened in FY17, together with the individual 
attendances of members at the meetings, is set out in the 
Directors’ Report on page 18.

The Audit and Risk Committee Charter is available on the 
Downer website at www.downergroup.com.

Corporate governance – continuedfor the year ended 30 June 2017 
Principle 5: Make timely  
and balanced disclosure

The Company’s Disclosure Policy sets out processes which 
assist the Company to ensure that all investors have equal and 
timely access to material information about the Company and 
that Company announcements are factual and presented in 
a clear and balanced way. A copy of the Disclosure Policy is 
available on the Downer website at www.downergroup.com.

The Disclosure Policy also sets out the procedures for identifying 
and disclosing material and market-sensitive information in 
accordance with the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) and the 
ASX Listing Rules.

Downer’s Disclosure Committee consists of two independent, 
Non-executive Directors (one of which is the Chairman of the 
Board) and the Group CEO. The Disclosure Committee oversees 
disclosure of information by the Company to the market and the 
general investment community.

Principle 6: Respect the rights of shareholders

Downer empowers its shareholders by:
 – Communicating effectively, openly and honestly 

with shareholders;

 – Giving shareholders ready access to balanced and 

understandable information about the Company and its 
governance; and

 – Making it easy for shareholders to participate in 

general meetings.

The Downer Communication Policy sets out the Company’s 
approach to communicating with shareholders and is available 
on the Downer website at www.downergroup.com.

The Company publishes corporate information on its website 
(www.downergroup.com), including Annual and Half 
Year Reports, ASX announcements, investor updates and 
media releases.

Downer encourages shareholder participation at AGMs through 
its use of electronic communication, including by making notices 
of meetings available on its website and audio casting of general 
meetings and significant Group presentations.

The Directors and key members of management attend the 
Company’s AGMs and are available to answer questions.

Principle 7: Recognise and manage risk

To mitigate the risks that arise through its activities, Downer has 
various risk management policies and procedures in place that 
cover (among other matters) interest rate management, foreign 
exchange risk management, credit risk management, tendering 
and contracting risk and project management.

Downer has controls at the Board, executive and business unit 
levels that are designed to safeguard Downer’s interests and 
ensure the integrity of reporting (including accounting, financial 
reporting, environment and workplace health and safety policies 
and procedures). These controls are designed to ensure that 
Downer complies with legal and regulatory requirements, as well 
as community standards.

Downer has a Risk Management Framework in place to enable 
business risks to be identified, evaluated and managed. 
The Board ratifies Downer’s approach to managing risk and 
oversees Downer’s Risk Management Framework, including 
the Group risk profile and the effectiveness of the systems 
being implemented to manage risk. The last comprehensive 
review of the Risk Management Framework was completed in 
2016. However, the Board reviews the Group risk profile twice 
each year, undertakes a facilitated risk workshop annually, and 
considers other risk matters, such as business resilience, tender 
review processes, risk appetite, and specific risk areas, on a 
regular basis, as well as regular reports from senior management, 
the internal audit team, and the external auditor. 

Downer’s annual Sustainability Report provides a detailed 
overview of Downer’s approach to managing its environmental 
sustainability and social sustainability risks. The 2016 
Sustainability Report is available on the Downer website at  
www.downergroup.com.

The Company’s internal audit function objectively evaluates and 
reports on the existence, design and operating effectiveness of 
internal controls. Downer’s internal audit team is independent 
of the external auditor and reports to the Audit and 
Risk Committee.

Downer’s Audit and Risk Committee assists the Board in 
its oversight of Downer’s risk profile and risk policies, the 
effectiveness of the systems of internal control and Risk 
Management Framework and Downer’s compliance with 
applicable legal and regulatory obligations. The Audit and  
Risk Committee Charter is available on the Downer website at 
www.downergroup.com.

Management reports regularly to the Audit and Risk Committee 
on the effectiveness of Downer’s management of its material 
business risks and on the progress of mitigation treatments.

Annual Report 2017  117

Principle 8: Remunerate fairly and responsibly

The Board has established a Remuneration Committee and has 
adopted the Remuneration Committee Charter which sets out its 
role and responsibilities, composition, structure and membership 
requirements and the procedures for inviting non-committee 
members to attend meetings.

The Remuneration Committee is responsible for reviewing and 
making recommendations to the Board about:
 – Executive remuneration and incentive policies;
 – The remuneration, recruitment, retention, performance 

measurement and termination policies and procedures for  
all senior executives reporting directly to the Group CEO;

 – Executive and equity-based incentive plans; and
 – Superannuation arrangements and retirement payments.

Remuneration of the Group CEO, executive directors and 
non-executive directors forms part of the responsibilities of the 
Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee.

Downer’s remuneration policy is designed to motivate senior 
executives to pursue the long-term growth and success of 
the Company and prescribes a relationship between the 
performance and remuneration of senior executives.

The Remuneration Committee is structured so that it:
 – Consists of a majority of independent Directors;
 – Is chaired by an independent Director; and
 – Has at least three members.

Currently no Executive Director is a member of the 
Remuneration Committee.

The maximum aggregate fee approved by shareholders that can 
be paid to Non-executive Directors is $2.0 million per annum. 
This cap was approved by shareholders on 30 October 2008. 
Further details about remuneration paid to Non-executive 
Directors are set out in the Remuneration Report at page 20.

The Company’s previous Constitution allowed for retiring  
Non-executive Directors to receive a retiring allowance, subject 
to the limitations set out in the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth). 
Consistent with the ASX Principles, the right to retirement 
benefits was frozen in 2005. However, because remuneration 
arrangements for some Non-executive Directors were in place 
prior to 2005, where such retirement benefits have been paid 
they have been fully provided for in the financial statements. 
Directors entitled to a retirement benefit were paid a reduced 
fee and once a Director’s accumulated reduction in base fees 
reached the value of the retirement benefit, the applicable base 
fee reverted to the general fee level. This was applied to  
Mr Humphrey from 1 July 2009 who retired in November 2016.  
No retirement benefit has been offered to any current  
Non-executive Director.

Non-executive Directors do not participate in any equity 
incentive schemes.

The remuneration structure for Executive Directors and senior 
executives is designed to achieve a balance between fixed and 
variable remuneration taking into account the performance of 
the individual and the performance of the Company. Executive 
Directors receive payment of equity-based remuneration as 
short and long-term incentives.

Executive Directors and senior executives are prohibited from 
entering into transactions in associated products which limit the 
economic risk of participating in unvested entitlements under 
any of the Company’s equity-based remuneration schemes.

Further details about the remuneration of Executive Directors 
and senior executives are set out in the Remuneration Report 
at page 20 and details of Downer shares beneficially owned by 
Directors are provided in the Directors’ Report at page 4.

118  Downer EDI Limited

Corporate governance – continuedfor the year ended 30 June 2017Information for Investors 
for the year ended 30 June 2017

Downer shareholders

Share registry

Downer had 17,756 ordinary shareholders as at 30 June 2017.

The largest shareholder, HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) 
Limited, holds 34.18% of the 594,702,512 fully paid ordinary 
shares issued at that date. Downer has 15,942 shareholders with 
registered addresses in Australia.

Securities exchange listing

Downer is listed on the Australian Securities Exchange (ASX) 
under the “Downer EDI” market call code 3965, with ASX code 
DOW, and is an overseas listed issuer on the New Zealand 
Exchange with the ticker code DOW NZ.

Company information

The Company’s website www.downergroup.com offers 
comprehensive information about Downer and its services. 
The site also contains news releases and announcements to 
the ASX and NZX, financial presentations, Annual Reports, 
Half Year Reports and company newsletters. Downer printed 
communications for shareholders include the Annual Report 
which is available on request.

Dividends

Dividends are determined by the Board having regard to a range 
of circumstances within the business operations of Downer 
including operating profit and capital requirements. The level of 
franking on dividends is dependent on the level of taxes paid to 
the Australian Taxation Office by Downer and its incorporated 
joint ventures.

International shareholders can use Computershare’s Global 
Payments System to receive dividend payments in the currency 
of their choice at a nominal cost to the shareholder.

Dividend reinvestment plan

Downer’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan (DRP) is a mechanism 
to allow shareholders to increase their shareholding in the 
Company without the usual costs associated with share 
acquisitions, such as brokerage. Details of the DRP are available 
from the Company’s website or the Easy Update website at 
www.computershare.com.au/easyupdate/dow.

Shareholders and investors seeking information about Downer 
shareholdings or dividends should contact the Company’s 
share registry, Computershare Investor Services Pty Ltd 
(Computershare):
Level 5 
115 Grenfell Street 
Adelaide SA 5000

GPO Box 1903 
Adelaide SA 5001

Tel: 1300 556 161 (within Australia) 
+61 3 9415 4000 (outside Australia)

Fax: 1300 534 987 (within Australia) 
+61 3 9473 2408 (outside Australia)

www.computershare.com

Shareholders must give their holder number (SRN/HIN) when 
making inquiries. This number is recorded on issuer sponsored 
and CHESS statements.

Updating your shareholder details

Shareholders can update their details (including bank accounts, 
DRP elections, tax file numbers and email addresses) online at 
www.computershare.com.au/easyupdate/dow.

Shareholders will require their holder number (SRN/HIN) and 
postcode to access this site.

Tax file number information

Providing your tax file number to Downer is not compulsory. 
However, for shareholders who have not supplied their tax file 
number, Downer is required to deduct tax at the top marginal 
rate plus Medicare levy from unfranked dividends paid to 
investors residing in Australia. For more information please 
contact Computershare.

Lost issuer sponsored statement

You are advised to contact Computershare immediately, 
in writing, if your issuer sponsored statement has been 
lost or stolen.

Annual Report 2017  119

Information for Investors – continued
for the year ended 30 June 2017

Annual Report mailing list

Shareholders must elect to receive a Downer Annual Report 
by writing to Computershare Investor Services Pty Ltd at the 
address provided. Alternatively shareholders may choose to 
receive this publication electronically.

Change of address

So that we can keep you informed, and protect your interests in 
Downer, it is important that you inform Computershare of any 
change of your registered address.

Registered office and principal 
administration office

Downer EDI Limited  
Level 2, Triniti III  
Triniti Business Campus 
39 Delhi Road 
North Ryde NSW 2113

Tel: +61 2 9468 9700 
Fax: +61 2 9813 8915

Auditor

KPMG 
International Towers Sydney 3 
300 Barangaroo Avenue 
Sydney NSW 2000

Australian securities exchange information as at 30 June 2017

Number of holders of equity securities:

Ordinary share capital
594,702,512 fully paid listed ordinary shares were held by 17,756 shareholders. All issued ordinary shares carry one vote per share.

Substantial shareholders
The following shareholders have notified that they are substantial shareholders of Downer as at 30 June 2017.

Shareholders

Dimensional Fund Advisors
AustralianSuper Pty Ltd

Distribution of holders of quoted equity securities
Shareholder distribution of quoted equity securities as at 30 June 2017 is as follows.

Range of holdings

1 – 1,000
1,001 – 5,000
5,001 – 10,000
10,001 – 100,000
100,001 and over
Total
Holding less than a marketable parcel  
of shares

Number of 
Shareholders 

Shareholders  
%

10,135
5,815
1,053
693
60
17,756
890

57.08
32.75
5.93
3.90
0.34

Ordinary 
shares held

30,507,546
30,148,052

% of issued  
shares

5.13
5.07 

Ordinary  
shares held

4,355,027
13,496,350
7,644,968
14,831,146
554,375,021
594,702,512

Shares  
%

0.73
2.27
1.29
2.49
93.22
100.00

120  Downer EDI Limited

Twenty largest shareholders
Downer’s 20 largest shareholders of ordinary fully paid shares as at 30 June 2017 are as follows. 

Shareholders

HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited 
Chase Manhattan Nominees Limited 
Citicorp Nominees Pty Ltd 
National Nominees Limited 
BNP Paribas Nominees Pty Ltd – Agency Lending DRP A/C
Citicorp Nominees Pty Limited – Colonial First State Inv A/C
BNP Paribas Noms Pty Ltd 
CPU Share Plans Pty Limited 
HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited  
RBC Investor Services Australia Nominees Pty Ltd 
AMP Life Ltd
SBN Nominees Pty Limited <10004 Account>
Argo Investments Ltd
UBS Nominees Pty Ltd
Equity Trustees Limited – 
Buttonwood Nominees Pty Ltd
National Nominees Limited  
Mr Barry Sydney Patterson + Mrs Glenice Margaret Patterson 
EQT Wealth Services Limited  
BNP Paribus Noms (NZ) Ltd 
Total for top 20 shareholders

On-market share buy-back

Shares held

203,278,049
132,725,455
94,988,046
49,018,513
15,373,022
11,790,456
11,573,160
5,315,344
5,298,545
2,928,660
2,165,170
2,162,800
1,809,538
1,478,890
1,307,104
1,156,265
1,030,897
891,642
805,569
770,090 
545,867,215

% of issued  
shares

34.18
22.32
15.97
 8.24
2.58
1.98
1.95
0.89
0.89
0.49
0.36
0.36
0.30
0.25
0.22
0.19
0.17
0.15
0.14
0.13
91.76

On 5 August 2014, the Board resolved to undertake an ongoing share buy-back program that commenced on 20 August 2014. The total 
number of shares acquired was 2,716,761. The Board determined to continue the share buy-back program with a further share buy-back 
program that commenced on 4 September 2015 and ended on 1 September 2016. The total number of shares acquired was 7,898,010.

Annual Report 2017  121

122  Downer EDI Limited

This page has been intentionally left blank.Annual Report 2017  123

This page has been intentionally left blank.124  Downer EDI Limited

This page has been intentionally left blank.DOWNER EDI LIMITED

Level 2, Triniti III 
Triniti Business Campus 
39 Delhi Road 
North Ryde NSW 2113 
Australia

T +61 2 9468 9700 
F +61 2 9813 8915

ABN 97 003 872 848

D

o

w

n

e

r

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

2

0

1

7

www.downergroup.com